Ok

En poursuivant votre navigation sur ce site, vous acceptez l'utilisation de cookies. Ces derniers assurent le bon fonctionnement de nos services. En savoir plus.

mardi, 17 mai 2011

La façon dont l'oligarchie traite l'homme: une matière première

bateliers_de_la_volga_1936,0.jpg

La façon dont l’oligarchie traite l’homme : une matière première

 
par Yvan Blot
 

 

Les régimes politiques qui dominent à présent l’Occident sont des oligarchies, bien plus que des démocraties, la Suisse étant sans doute la seule véritable exception. Mais qu’est-ce qu’une oligarchie ? Relisons à ce sujet Aristote. Dans le monde moderne toutefois, l’oligarchie gouverne selon une logique nouvelle qui est celle du « Gestell », de l’arraisonnement utilitaire, selon la formule de Heidegger. La logique du Gestell conduit à traiter l’homme comme la plus précieuse des matières premières, et à rendre autant que possible tous les hommes interchangeables, en mobilisant pour cela les ressources des passions égalitaires. Enfin, pour achever le processus de domination oligarchique, il faut éliminer l’obstacle de la  démocratie au profit d’une « gouvernance » de soit disant experts, tout en gardant la fiction de la démocratie pour désarmer les oppositions. Il faut alors voir s’il est possible de se libérer de cet engrenage fatal.

L’oligarchie régnante.

 

Il y a bien des sortes d’oligarchies : militaires, marchandes, politiques, religieuses, voire ethniques. Mais elles répondent toutes à une définition unique : c’est le gouvernement de quelques uns dans leur intérêt propre et non dans l’intérêt du peuple. Si l’intérêt du peuple coïncide avec l’intérêt de l’oligarchie (assurer la croissance économique pour favoriser sa propre réélection), tant mieux ! S’il y a conflit d’intérêt, celui des oligarques l’emporte : on en a des exemples avec le niveau de la fiscalité, avec le laxisme en matière d’immigration, avec l’endettement public, avec la politique européenne entre autres. Dans une société où les valeurs militaires de l’aristocratie demeurent importante, le souci de l’intérêt général l’emporte souvent (gaullisme de la Résistance). Dans une société marchande où les fonctions altruistes (religieuses, militaires notamment) sont en retrait, l’oligarchie est le trait dominant du pouvoir car chacun ne cherche que son intérêt propre, le politicien comme les autres.

Dans la « Politique », Aristote note qu’il est fréquent que la constitution soit, selon la législation proclamée, démocratique, mais que par la coutume et la façon de conduire les affaires, le régime soit oligarchique1. C’est le cas que nous connaissons.

Pour Aristote, l’oligarchie est un régime stable tant que les oligarques sont solidaires entre eux. Le système se fragilise selon lui, dans deux cas  de figures : lorsque l’oligarchie traite injustement la masse populaire ou lorsque les oligarques « deviennent démagogues par jalousie »2 et se combattent entre eux.

L’oligarchie actuelle n’est pas limitée à ce que l’on appelle la « classe politique ». Elle comprend la haute administration, les dirigeants salariés des grandes entreprises, les dirigeants des syndicats et des différents lobbies qui font pression sur le pouvoir, ainsi que les dirigeants des media. Elle est assez homogène idéologiquement. Ses valeurs et sont comportement sont essentiellement déterminés par la situation métaphysique dans laquelle se trouve aujourd’hui l’Occident et que le philosophe Martin Heidegger a appelé le « Gestell » ou « arraisonnement utilitaire ».

L’oligarchie moderne gouverne selon la logique du Gestell. 3

 

Selon Heidegger, le monde moderne est structuré par l’arraisonnement utilitaire. Prenons l’exemple du téléphone portable. Vous être pratiquement contraint d’en avoir un dès lors que tout le monde autour de vous en a un ! Bien sûr qu’il rend des services. Mais ce n’est plus votre choix. Vous être requis d’en avoir un ! Pour Heidegger, l’essence de la technique est cet arraisonnement. L’homme en est l’employé. Ce processus échappe à l’homme, surtout s’il n’en a pas conscience. L’homme lui-même est pris en main par le processus. Il devient un rouage du système d’ensemble (ein Stück und nicht ein Teil !). Cet utilitarisme exacerbé conduit l’homme à oublier son être propre. Les dirigeants sont des rouages de ce système. Pour Heidegger, le Gestell est pour l’homme le danger par excellence, car il déshumanise celui-ci. Au vingtième siècle, on a connu plusieurs formes politiques du Gestell.

Le communisme est une de ces formes. Il considère l’être humain comme une matière première au service de sa puissance. En cela, il est inhumain au sens propre du terme. Les dirigeants eux-mêmes sont arraisonnés au système. Il faut que l’échec patent de ce dernier soit réalisé pour que les hommes puissent s’échapper de cette machinerie. C’est ce qui s’est passé avec l’effondrement de l’URSS.

Pour Heidegger, le nazisme, surtout à sa fin, est devenu une autre forme d’application de la logique du Gestell. Mais l’Occident n’est pas indemne. Le signe en est la façon de faire la guerre. La logique purement utilitaire du Gestell conduit dans une guerre à tuer autant les civils que les soldats car les civils sont aussi un rouage de l’appareil ennemi. C’est ainsi que les alliés ont décidé de bombarder au phosphore des milliers de femmes et d’enfants dans les villes allemandes. Pour Heidegger, tant Roosevelt que Hitler ou Staline ont décidé pour des raisons utilitaires liés à leur volonté de puissance de tuer massivement des civils !

Pour Heidegger, l’Amérique et l’Union soviétique furent après 1945  les deux bastions du Gestell ! Politiquement totalement différentes, elles avaient une métaphysique commune, celle du Gestell, celle de l’utilitarisme déchainé de la technique au service de la volonté de puissance ! Curieusement Arnold Gehlen,4 un philosophe d’une autre tradition qu’Heidegger, celle de l’anthropologie philosophique, écrivit la même chose : « il est très remarquable que les manifestations les plus évidentes de la culture industrielle apparaissent en Amérique du Nord et en Russie, sur des sols où n’a jamais pris naissance une grande culture d’ancien style ! »

L’arraisonnement utilitaire est donc le danger par excellence pour la survie même de l’homme en tant qu’homme. Mais c’est au sein même de ce danger que le « tournant » peut advenir ! « C’est le danger qui permet l’apparition de ce qui sauve », selon un vers d’Hölderlin que cite Heidegger. Encore faut-il prendre conscience de l’existence de l’arraisonnement utilitaire et du danger qu’il représente !

L’homme, matière première, l’homme interchangeable

 

L’homme, dans ce système lié à l’époque et qui n’a pas été voulu en tant que tel, n’est apprécié que pour son utilité économique. Il devient alors « la plus précieuse des matières premières » ! Dans le langage des sociétés, on a remplacé le mot « personnel » (avec la racine personne) par le terme de « ressource humaine » : cela traduit bien la déshumanisation à peine consciente de notre vocabulaire ! L’homme est un « Stück », un élément utilisable au même titre qu’un boulet de charbon dans un stock d’anthracite ! Il doit avant tout être interchangeable pour pouvoir être requis le plus facilement qui soit !

L’oligarchie régnante, qui administre la logique du Gestell, pour son profit et pour satisfaire sa volonté de puissance,   va donc appliquer sa « gouvernance » à rendre le plus possible les hommes interchangeables : toutes les distinctions essentielles doivent s’effacer, à commencer par celles entre les hommes et les femmes. C’est là la source de l’obsession de la fameuse « parité » : on s’acharne à vouloir que les listes de candidats aux élections soient composées pour moitié d’hommes et de femmes et on se garde bien d’évoquer les vrais questions politiques, à savoir que les élus sont dessaisis de leurs pouvoirs par l’administration et que le citoyen est devenu totalement impuissant à influencer le système de décision de la gouvernance politique. On détourne les débats vers des sujets sans importance mis en avant de façon artificielle.

Tout ce qui distingue les êtres humains doit être éliminé dès lors que cela peut gêner le caractère interchangeable que les hommes doivent avoir pour être de parfaites matières premières.

L’homme du Gestell doit donc avoir quatre caractéristiques :

  • ne pas avoir de racines (ni race, ni  nation, ni religion notamment) ;
  • ne pas avoir d’idéal : il doit être un consommateur et un producteur matérialiste et relativiste prêt à gober tous les produits lancés sur le marché (y compris les produits bancaires permettant de l’endetter et donc de mieux le soumettre) ;
  • ne pas avoir de religion hors celle de son propre ego, pour être plus facilement isolé donc manipulable ;
  • ne pas avoir de personnalité afin de se fondre dans la masse (il doit donc être éduqué de façon purement technique et utilitaire sans culture générale lui permettant de se situer comme homme libre) ;

Cyniquement, l’idéologie des droits de l’homme est utilisée pour détruire tout ce qui fait la spécificité des hommes, pour mieux asservir l’homme aux besoins du Gestell en prétendant protéger ses libertés fondamentales ! Un des exemples les plus emblématiques fut le cas de cette femme députée néerlandaise menacée de mort par l’islamisme radical. Ses voisins ont obtenu l’expulsion de celle-ci de son logement au nom des droits de l’homme parce qu’elle faisait subir un risque d’attentat sur eux. Ecœurée, celle-ci a quitté les Pays-Bas !

L’homme idéal souhaité par le Gestell n’a rien à voir avec le citoyen animé par l’esprit civique, la conscience de ses libertés et l’amour de sa patrie, qui est le porteur de la démocratie bien comprise. Il ressemble à ce « dernier homme annoncé par Nietzsche dans « Ainsi Parlait Zarathoustra » !

«  Hélas ! Vient le temps du plus méprisable des hommes qui ne sait plus se mépriser lui-même ! Voyez ! Je vous montre le dernier homme. Qu’est-ce que l’amour ? Qu’est-ce que créer ? Qu’est-ce que la nostalgie ? Qu’est-ce qu’une étoile ? demande le dernier homme et il cligne de l’œil !

La terre est devenue plus petite et sur elle sautille le dernier homme qui rend tout plus petit. Sa race est aussi solide que celle du puceron. Le dernier homme est celui qui vit le plus longtemps. Nous avons inventé le bonheur » disent les derniers hommes et ils clignent de l’œil.  Ils ont abandonné les pays où la vie était dure, car on aime la chaleur. On aime encore son voisin et on se frotte à lui car on a besoin de chaleur. Devenir malade ou méfiant passe chez eux pour un péché : on respecte avant tout le principe de précaution. Fou celui qui butte encore sur les pierres et sur les hommes ! Un peu de poison de ci delà qui procure des rêves agréables. Et beaucoup de poison au final pour avoir une mort agréable. On travaille encore car c’est une distraction. Mais on a soin que la distraction reste modérée. On ne devient plus ni riche ni pauvre. Les deux sont trop astreignants. Qui veut encore commander ? Qui veut encore obéir ? Tout cela est trop fatigant.

Pas de berger et un seul troupeau ! Chacun veut la même chose et tous sont égaux ; qui pense autrement sera interné !

Autrefois, tout le monde avait tout faux disent les plus malins et ils clignent de l’œil. On est malin et l’on sait tout ce qui est arrivé : on n’en fini pas de se moquer. On se querelle mais on se réconcilie bientôt de peur que cela ne gâte l’estomac ! On a son petit plaisir pour le jour et son petit plaisir pour la nuit : mais on honore la santé !

Nous avons trouvé le bonheur, disent les derniers hommes et ils clignent de l’œil ! »

Ici s’arrête le discours de Zarathoustra qui est interrompu par les cris de la foule : donne-nous ce dernier homme, ô Zarathoustra ! Nous te ferons quitte du surhomme ! Et tout le peuple se réjouissait et claquait de la langue ! Zarathoustra devint triste et  dit : je ne suis pas la bouche faite pour ces oreilles (..) Ils me regardent et rient, mais dans leur rire, ils me haïssent ; il y a de la glace dans leur rire »5

Ces derniers hommes sont les citoyens passifs idéaux pour l’oligarchie régnante ! Tout le système médiatique et éducatif est là pour modifier la personnalité des Français et les transformer en outils interchangeables du Gestell. On pense apprivoiser ces animaux sauvages que seraient les citoyens par la consommation de biens matériels et en flattant l’égalitarisme. La politique est celle du gardien de zoo !

Eliminer l’obstacle de la démocratie

 

Pour que l’homme soit une matière première docile, il est finalement nécessaire d’éliminer l’obstacle de la démocratie. La monarchie ne permettait certes pas l’interchangeabilité absolue des hommes et l’oligarchie, pour s’installer, a du l’abattre, en se trouvant pour elle-même, une nouvelle légitimité : la démocratie fut alors mise en avant au 19ème siècle. Mais par la suite, la démocratie fondée sur la nation et la participation active des citoyens s’est montré un obstacle à l’interchangeabilité mondiale des hommes, donc à l’utilitarisme au service de l’oligarchie.

Il a donc fallu vider la démocratie de son contenu réel. Cela consiste à dissoudre le cadre national qui est un cadre d’enracinement, le cadre historique d’enracinement de la démocratie. Le parlementarisme a été affirmé et en même temps vidé de son contenu : il n’y a plus de séparation des pouvoirs et le soit disant pouvoir législatif est totalement dominé par l’exécutif. Le vrai pouvoir est dans les mains des dirigeants oligarchiques des grands partis politiques en liaison avec de puissants lobbies syndicaux, bancaires, culturels et cultuels. La démocratie directe est bannie (sauf en Suisse et avec de grandes restrictions aux USA, en Italie et en Allemagne) car le citoyen doit être réduit à la condition de spectateur, non d’acteur, de la politique. Le citoyen est magnifié en paroles mais il est réduit dans les faits à n’être qu’un agent économique, une matière première de premier choix, un « animal technicisé » (autre formule de Heidegger).

Tout d’abord, l’oligarchie, jouant les apprentis sorciers, cherche à enlever aux hommes leurs racines pour les rendre plus interchangeables ; c’est ce que Heidegger appelle « la destruction de la terre » produite par le Gestell. La race a été la première à être mise aux gémonies, au nom des horreurs commises lors de la deuxième guerre mondiale. Puis c’est le tour de la nation, de son histoire (qui doit devenir l’occasion de repentance), de la famille (dont l’existence serait une insulte aux homosexuels, semble-t-il) ! L’immigration a été encouragée pour affaiblir ce qui restait de racines. Les résistants ont été diabolisés, traités de « populistes » voir de « racistes », l’accusation suprême. Tout cela se fait au nom d’une morale politique imposée qui n’a jamais fait l’objet du moindre référendum ! Sous ces prétextes moraux, il y a en réalité la volonté de ramener l’homme à sa condition sujette de matière première disponible pour le pouvoir oligarchique.

L’oligarchie assiste complice au déclin des valeurs transcendantes, et l’argent devient peu à peu la seule valeur suprême. Les politiques de lutte contre la discrimination n’ont pas d’autre but : on ne doit jamais faire de distinction entre les hommes, sauf par l’argent, seul critère de discrimination reconnu !

Bien sûr, tout cela a des conséquences négatives : la montée du crime tout d’abord. L’immense majorité des crimes et des délits sont commis pour de l’argent : les grands trafics mondiaux criminels, trafic de drogue, trafic d’être humains, trafic d’armes, n’ont pas d’autre objet que de rapporter de l’argent. Comme l’écrivait plaisamment Sigmund Freud : dès qu’il s’agit d’argent, le surmoi en Amérique devient très tolérant : aujourd’hui, cela atteint tout l’Occident ! Les crimes et délits sont passés de 1,5 millions en France, chiffre stable de 1946  à 1966  à 4,5 millions aujourd’hui !

Le philosophe Arnold Gehlen a dénoncé l’effondrement de la culture en Occident, laissant la place à un monde où la cruauté s’unit avec le bien être matériel. En effet, l’homme est naturellement chaotique.6 « L’instabilité intérieure de la vie pulsionnelle humaine apparaît sans limites. Ce sont des formes d’inhibition rigides et toujours limitatives,  découvertes par l’expérience au cours des siècles et des millénaires, comme le droit, la propriété, la famille monogamique, La division précise du travail, qui ont imposé leur marque  à nos pulsions, et à nos pensées, qui les ont façonnées selon les hautes exigences exclusives et sélectives que nous appelons la culture. Ces institutions, le droit, la famille monogamique, la propriété ne sont nullement naturelles et sont très fragiles. Tout aussi peu naturelle est la culture de nos instincts et de nos pensées qui doit bien plutôt être rigidifiée , soutenue et tirée vers le haut par l’action extérieure de ces institutions. Et si l’on retire ces appuis, nous retournons très vite à la primitivité. »

« Quand les sécurités, les stabilisateurs que contiennent les traditions établies tombent et sont détruites, notre comportement perd toute forme, il est déterminé par les affects, devient pulsionnel, imprévisible, on ne peut se fier à lui. Et dans la mesure où normalement le progrès de la civilisation exerce une action destructrice, c’est-à-dire qu’il érode les traditions, les droits, les institutions, il rend l’homme naturel et le rend primitif et le rejette à l’instabilité naturelle de sa vie instinctive. Le mouvement conduisant à la décadence est toujours naturel et vraisemblable, le mouvement vers la grandeur, l’exigence et le catégorique est toujours imposé, difficile et invraisemblable. (..) La culture est l’invraisemblable, c’est-à-dire le droit, la moralité, la discipline, l’hégémonie de la morale. (..) Quand les jongleurs intellectuels, les dilettantes, s’imposent au premier plan, quand souffle le vent de la pitrerie universelle, les institutions les plus anciennes et les corporations professionnelles rigides se défont elles aussi, le droit devient élastique (laxiste), l’art nervosité, la religion sentimentalité. Alors l’œil expérimenté aperçoit sous l’écume la tête de Méduse, l’homme devient naturel et tout devient possible (voir les crimes de masse du 20ème siècle). Il faut alors dire : retournons à la culture ! » Car nous retournons vers une nature chaotique, celle « de la faiblesse de la nature humaine qui n’et pas protégée par des formes strictes ».

Après les racines et les valeurs culturelles, voyons ce qu’il en est dans le domaine du sacré et de la religion. Tocqueville a montré comment le socle religieux permettait à la démocratie américaine de fonctionner. L’oligarchie au service de l’arraisonnement utilitaire se méfie du religieux et veut le cantonner à la sphère intérieure de l’individu. Il importe que l’homme soit centré sur son ego, sur ses plaisirs et qu’il soit ainsi un consommateur parfaitement inoffensif. On a vu comment un candidat à la commission européenne Rocco Buttiglione a été éliminé pour avoir fait savoir ses convictions religieuses ! Le sacré est quelque chose qui peut s’opposer à l’interchangeabilité des hommes et doit donc être éliminé ou cantonné dans la sphère privée. Par ailleurs, dès lors que l’utilitarisme règne tout sens du sacrifice lié au sacré est quelque chose de parasite qu’il convient de marginaliser. Le sacré doit disparaître car le prosaïque, avec le Gestell, devient totalitaire.

Enfin, Si la démocratie est fondée sur des racines nationales, des valeurs morales transcendantes et un sens du sacré, elle repose aussi sur l’idée du citoyen responsable, qui veut participer au destin de sa patrie. Or, on n’a plus besoin d’une démocratie de citoyen et le citoyen est prié de devenir un simple spectateur des media. Les politiciens deviennent des pitres, des comédiens pour amuser la galerie. Les choses sérieuses relèvent d’une « gouvernance » réservée aux experts. C’est d’ailleurs une telle gouvernance d’experts achetés d’avance qui nous a menés à la grande crise financière venue des Etats Unis l’an dernier ! La gouvernance d’antichambres se substitue au pouvoir des chambres. Nos régimes ne sont parlementaires que de façon fictive. La réalité du pouvoir est dans les mains du seul exécutif, qui a vassalisé le parlement et qui gouverne en réseau avec les patrons des puissants lobbies syndicaux, patronaux, cultuels et culturels. Dans cet esprit, la démocratie directe n’est pas envisagée car elle risquerait de mettre en échec, non le pouvoir des chambres parlementaires qui est réduit mais le pouvoir bien réel des antichambres et des lobbies.

Résistance et libération

 

L’oligarchie au pouvoir est la traduction politique du Gestell, lequel n’est pas une création volontaire de l’être humain mais une figure imposée par ce que Heidegger appelle l’histoire de l’Etre. Cette oligarchie ne peut donc être renversée que si des conditions objectives le permettent. Ces conditions comme ce fut le cas pour l’URSS sont l’effondrement démographique, économique et financier. C’est du danger que vient ce qui sauve, a écrit le poète Hölderlin. Mais il n’est pas interdit de préparer le tournant qui doit marquer la sortie du Gestell nécessaire à la survie même de l’humanité. Les deux piliers de cette préparation sont la prise de conscience et la mobilisation.

La prise de conscience consiste à réaliser qu’on n’est absolument pas en démocratie mais en oligarchie. C’est la prise de conscience politique indispensable. Il y a aussi la prise de conscience métaphysique de ce qu’est le Gestell et du danger qu’il représente pour l’être même de l’homme, notamment de l’homme occidental. Le Gestell comme l’écrit Heidegger, détruit notre terre et nos racines, obscurcit notre ciel et nos valeurs, fait fuir la Divinité et le sacré et massifie totalement les hommes. Tout se qui va dans le sens opposé est donc bienvenu : la défense des racines et des valeurs, la référence à un sacré en dehors de l’ego et la résistance à la massification barbare accomplie par les media (et l’urbanisme, entre autres !).

Outre la prise de conscience qui suppose la plus large diffusion de nos analyses, il y a la mobilisation. Il existe en effet dans notre société des forces de résistances, celles de tous les milieux sociaux qui ne sont pas soumis à la seule logique purement utilitaire à court terme. C’est le cas des victimes du Gestell : victimes de la délinquance, victimes du déracinement, victimes de la dictature fiscale et de l’inefficacité économique, victimes de la mauvaise éducation de leurs enfants etc…

Mais les victimes en soi ne sont pas porteuses d’histoire si elles ne sont pas elle-même mobilisées parce que j’appelle les héros. Les héros, ce sont tous ceux qui se dévouent au bien commun, souvent pour un profit modique : soldats des corps d’élite, policiers qui chassent le crime, magistrats anti terroristes, professeurs amoureux de la vérité, prêtres courageux et j’en passe ! Ces forces varient selon les pays. Malheureusement ; je ne suis pas sûrs qu’elles soient les plus puissantes en France. Elles existent aussi aux USA  bien que ce soit le centre du Gestell à présent. En Europe, elles sont plus fortes dans un quadrilatère alpin entre Zurich, Munich, Vienne et Milan : on le voit aussi politiquement à la force des mouvements qualifiés de populistes en Italie du Nord, en Suisse,  en Autriche ou en Bavière. On le voit aussi à la force des traditions populaires et des valeurs traditionnelles dans ces pays qui sont en même temps à la pointe du progrès technologique et économique. On le voit à la force de leur sociologie fondée sur un tissu puissant de petites et moyennes entreprises assises souvent sur une structure familiale de la propriété. Il faudrait qu’une solidarité active s’organise entre ces forces qui restent aujourd’hui dispersées.

Prise de conscience et mobilisation : voici ce qu’il y a à proposer aujourd’hui ! Merci de votre attention.

 

 

Notes de bas de page
 
  1. Aristote ; les Politiques, livre 4, chapitre5 p. 297 ; GF Flammarion 1990
  2. Ibidem, chapitre 6  page 363
  3. Das Gestell : exposé fait à Brême publié dans la « Gesamte Ausgabe » (œuvres complètes) volume 79  chez Klostermann  (Frankfurt am Main) 2005
  4. Arnold Gehlen ; Anthropologie et psychologie sociale; PUF  1990
  5. Also sprach Zarathustra ; Friedrich Nietzsche ; Kröner Verlag; Stuttgart; 1969  : traduit de l’allemand par Yvan Blot
  6. Arnold gehlen ; ibidem pages 67  et 68

dimanche, 15 mai 2011

G. Faye: Why we fight

Why We Fight

whywesmall_1_1.jpgGuillaume Faye
Why We Fight: Manifesto of the European Resistance
Translated by Michael O’Meara
Arktos Media, 2011

People

An ethnic ensemble — biological, historical, cultural — with a territory, its fatherland, in which it is rooted.

‘The people’ — the very term is suspect to the cosmopolitan Left, which sees it as bordering on the politically incorrect — is not any statistical ‘population’; it’s an organic community embracing a transcendent body made up of ancestors, the living, and their heirs. Though marked with a certain spirituality, a people is diachronically rooted in the past and projects itself into the future — it’s submerged in biological and genetic matter, but at the same time it’s a historical, and spiritual, reality.

It’s belonging to a specific people that distinguishes a man and makes him human. Though modern Western egalitarian doctrines reduce peoples to indifferent socioeconomic aggregates, peoples actually constitute the organic bases of the human race; similarly, such doctrines conceive of the ideal man as an individual ‘emancipated’ from his organic attachments — like an undifferentiated cell in a human magma.

It’s necessary to recall, especially for certain Christians, that a people’s attachment is incompatible with Christianity’s present cosmopolitanism. The claim, for example, that ‘I am closer to an African Catholic than I am to a non-Christian European’ is a universalistic claim that relegates a people’s nation to something of secondary significance. This is, indeed, the great drama of European Christianity, marked as it is by Pauline universalism. A Catholic attached to his people and conscious of the biological and cultural dangers threatening them might instead say, ‘I respect all the Christians of the world, but hic et nunc I fight for my people above all, whatever their religion’.

The Jesuit spirit might resolve the contradiction in reference to the Old Testament’s Hebraic tradition: ‘Babel — the mélange of disparate peoples — is a punishment from God, Who wants His peoples to be separate and diverse — humanity is one in Heaven, but multiple on Earth’.

Arab Islam has no difficulty reconciling the notion of people (the ‘Arab nation’) with that of its universalism. The Jews, on their side, have similarly reconciled a ferocious defence of their ethnicity — their singularity — with their religion, however theoretically monotheistic and universalist it may be. At no moment have Judaism and Islam, unlike the Christian Churches today, engaged in doubting, guiltstroking diatribes against ‘xenophobia’ and ethnocentrism. They are not masochistic . . .

* * *

Like every anthropological notion, ‘people’ lacks mathematical rigour. A people doesn’t define itself as a homogeneous biocultural totality, but as a relationship. It’s the product of an organic alchemy that brings various ‘sub-peoples’ together. The Bretons, Catalans, Scots, etc., can be seen thus as the sub-peoples of a larger people — the Europeans.

* * *

We ought to highlight the ambiguity that touches the notion of the people. The universalist ideology of the French Revolution confused the idea of the people with that of an ‘ensemble of inhabitants who jurisdictionally possess nationality’, whatever their origin. Given the facts of mass immigration and naturalisation, the notion of the French people has been greatly diluted (as have the British or German peoples, for the same reason). This is why (without broaching the unresolvable issue of what constitutes a ‘regional people’ or a ‘national people’), it’s advisable to dialectically transcend semantic problems — and affirm the historic legitimacy of a single, European people, historically bound, whose different national families resemble one another in having, for thousands of years, the same ethnocultural and historical origins. Despite national, linguistic, or tribal differences, haven’t African Blacks, even in Europe, been called on by Nelson Mandela or the Senegalese Mamadou Diop to ‘think like one people’? From Nasser to al-Qadhafi, by way of Arafat, haven’t Arabs been urged to see themselves as an Arab people? Why don’t Europeans have the same right to see themselves as a people?

As for ‘regional peoples’, it’s necessary to oppose Left-wing regionalists, self-professed anti-Jacobins and anti-globalists, who unhesitatingly accept the concept of French or American jus soli — who confuse citizens and residents, and who recognise as Bretons, Alsatians, Corsicans, etc., anyone (even of non-European origin) who lives in these regions and chooses to accept such an identity.

* * *

In belonging to a people, its members are emotionally inclined to define themselves as such, which implies political affiliation. For this reason, we say that a people exists at that point where biological, territorial, cultural, and political imperatives come together. But in no case does mere cultural or linguistic attachment suffice in making a people, if they have no common biological roots. Alien immigrants from people X who are installed on the territory of people Y — even if they adopt cultural elements of their host people — are not a part of Y. As De Gaulle thought, there might be minor exceptions for small numbers of compatible (White) minorities, capable of being assimilated, but this could never be the case for, say, French West Indians.

Similarly, in defining the notion of a people, territorial or geopolitical considerations must also be taken into account. A people is not a diaspora: the Jews felt obliged to reconquer Palestine as their ‘promised land’ because, as Theodor Herzl argued, ‘without a promised land, the Jews are just a religious diaspora, a culture, a union, but not a people’.

There’s a good deal of talk today, on the Left and the Right, about people being ‘deterritorialised’. In reality, there’s nothing of the kind. Every healthy people, even if they possess an important diaspora (Chinese, Arabs, Indians, etc.), maintains close relations with its fatherland.

* * *

Modernist gurus have long claimed that the future belongs not to peoples, but to humanity conceived as a single people. Again, there’ll be nothing of the kind. Despite globalisation and in reaction to it, the Twenty-first century will more than ever be a century of distinct peoples. Only Europeans, submerged in the illusions of their decadence, imagine that blood-based peoples will disappear, to be replaced by a miscegenated ‘world citizen’. In reality what is at risk of disappearing are Europeans. Tomorrow will be no twilight of peoples.

On the other hand, the twilight of several peoples is already possible. One often forgets that Amerindians or Egyptians have disappeared — hollowed out internally and overrun. For history is a cemetery of peoples — of weak peoples — exhausted and resigned.

* * *

A caution is necessary here: Right and Left-wing theoreticians of ‘ethnopluralism’, opposed to humanity’s homogenisation, speak of ‘the cause of peoples [3]’, as if every people must be conserved. In reality, the system that destroys peoples — the title of one of my books that was misunderstood by certain intellectuals — only threatens unfit peoples, i.e., present-day Europeans. It also threatens those residu peoples, whose fate is of interest only to museum-keepers. It seems perfectly stupid and utopian to believe that every people can be conserved in history’s formaldehyde. What a pacifistic egalitarian vision.

The main threat to the identity and existence of great peoples occurs, in contrast, through the conjunction of deculturation and the colonising invasion of alien peoples — which we’re presently experiencing. The Western globalist ‘system’ will never threaten strong peoples. Are Arabs, Chinese, or Indians threatened? On the contrary. It reinforces their identity and their desire to conquer, by provoking their reaction to it.

The people in danger — largely because of its own failings — is our people, for reasons as much biological as cultural and strategic. That’s why it’s necessary to replace the egalitarian ideology of ‘the cause of peoples’ with the ‘cause of our people’.

* * *

There are three possible positions: first, peoples don’t exist, or no longer exist — it’s an obsolete category — only humanity counts (the thesis of universalistic egalitarianism); second, all peoples ought to exist and be conserved (the utopian — also egalitarian — ethnopluralist position — completely inapplicable to our age); and third, only strong, wilful peoples can subsist for long historical periods — periods of selection in which only the most apt survive (the voluntarist, realist, inegalitarian thesis). We obviously support the third position.

What’s essential is reappropriating the term ‘people’ and progressively extending it to the entire Eurosiberian Continent. The present understanding of ‘European’ by the reigning ideology at Brussels is inspired by French Jacobin ideology. This ideology makes no reference to an ethno-historical Great European people, only to a mass of disparate residents inhabiting European territory. This tendency needs to be radically replaced.We propose that European peoples become historical subjects again and cease being historical objects. In the tragic century that’s coming, it’s especially crucial that Europeans become conscious of the common dangers they face and that, henceforth, they form a selfconscious community of destiny. This is well and truly a matter of forging a ‘new alliance’ that — through resurrection, metamorphosis, and historical transfiguration — will lead to a refounding of a Great European people and, in the midst of decline, succeed — not without pain, of course — in giving birth again to the phoenix.

Available from Arktos Media [4]


Article printed from Counter-Currents Publishing: http://www.counter-currents.com

samedi, 14 mai 2011

Othmar Spann / Jungkonservativ

 

Jungkonservativ

 

pdf der Druckfassung aus Sezession 41 / April 2011

 

Sebastian Maaß: Dritter Weg und wahrer Staat. Othmar Spann – Ideengeber der Konservativen Revolution
(= Kieler Ideengeschichtliche Studien, Bd. 3)
,  Kiel: Regin-Verlag 2010. 174 S., 18.95 €  (hier bestellen).

 

spann01.jpgDie »Kieler Ideengeschichtlichen Studien« gewinnen mit
Band III an Konturen.

 

Den vorausgehenden Monographien über Edgar Julius Jung und Arthur Moeller van den Bruck steuert Sebastian Maaß mit der Studie zu Othmar Spann ein weiteres Puzzleteil in der Darstellung der »profiliertesten Vertreter der jungkonservativen Richtung der Konservativen Revolution« bei.

 

Als Fraktion mit gemäßigten Strukturelementen nahm der Jungkonservatismus eine Mittelstellung zwischen Völkischen und Nationalrevolutionären ein und konnte sowohl in der Weimarer Republik (Regierung von Papens) als auch der Ersten Republik Österreichs (Heimwehrbewegung) in die realpolitischen Auseinandersetzungen der Zeit eingreifen. Die Kontextualisierung in die ideengeschichtliche Umwelt der KR unternimmt Maaß einerseits über das Aufzeigen dezidiert jungkonservativer Positionen (ständestaatliche Konzeption, mittelalterliche Reichsidee, christliche Bezugspunkte, ganzheitlicher Ansatz) in Abgrenzung zu anderen Gruppierungen der KR, andererseits mittels Bezugnahme auf die charakteristischen Analogien (Mythos der »Ewigen Wiederkehr«, Antiliberalismus und -marxismus) von Jungkonservatismus und restlichen konservativ-revolutionären Strömungen. Dem Vorwort des Spann-Kenners Hanns Pichler, der die von Maaß vorgenommene Fokussierung auf Gesellschafts- und Staatslehre Spanns als klugen Ansatz für eine einführende Darstellung bezeichnet und gerade den in dessen frühen Schriften ausgebreiteten »ganzheitlichen« gesellschaftswissenschaftlichen Ansatz als erkenntnisleitend für diesen Rahmen betrachtet, folgt ein biographischer Überblick. Anschließend widmet sich Maaß den Spann-Schülern Jakob Baxa und Walter Heinrich, die maßgeblichen Anteil an der akademischen Verbreitung der universalistischen Lehre Spanns besaßen, Heinrich versuchte darüber hinaus die ganzheitliche Lehre Spanns in reale Politik (Heimwehrbewegung in Österreich; Kameradschaftsbund für volks- und sozialpolitische Bildung im Sudetenland; Institut für Ständewesen in Düsseldorf) umzusetzen.

 

spann02.jpgAnschließend behandelt Maaß »Philosophie und Religion als Grundlagen der Ganzheitslehre«, um über die Darlegung der »Kategorienlehre« und der politischen Publizistik (Der wahre Staat; Vom Wesen des Volkstums) den Aufbau des Spannschen »organischen« Staatswesens zu rekonstruieren. Indem der Verfasser das Wirken des Wiener Kreises um Spann sowohl in Österreich als auch dem deutschsprachigen Kulturraum analysiert, wird die meta- und realpolitische Bedeutung dieses Dritten Weges deutlich, der mit seiner machtpolitischen Ausprägung in Österreich um 1930 eine ernsthafte historische Alternative zu den »dritten Wegen« des Nationalsozialismus und des Faschismus darstellte. Das im Untertitel verwandte Konstrukt »Ideengeber der Konservativen Revolution« stellt – aufgrund der überschaubaren Rezeption von Spanns Universalismus in der Weimarer Republik – einen einzelnen Kritikpunkt an dieser soliden Monographie dar.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Farbportrait_Maaß.jpg

 

 

Sebastian Maaß M. A. (geb. 1981) studierte Politik, Geschichte und Erziehungswissenschaft an den Universitäten Konstanz und Tübingen, Studienschwerpunkte waren Neuere Ideen- und Philosophiegeschichte sowie Altertumswissenschaften, umfassende Forschungstätigkeit insbesondere zum Themenkomplex der Konservativen Revolution (KR). Maaß' Studie über Leben und Werk von Edgar Julius Jungist einer zentralen und wirkmächtigen Gestalt der KR gewidmet und erscheint nun als Monographie in der akademischen Reihe „Kieler ideengeschichtliche Studien“

 

 

 

 

 

jeudi, 12 mai 2011

Robert Steuckers: Answers given to the Scandinavian Group "Oskorei"

Robert Steuckers:

Answers Given to the Scandinavian Group and Internet Forum “Oskorei / motpol.nu”)

 

AvrilJuillet2010 186.jpgPicture: Walking along Heidegger's path in Todtnauberg, Germany, July 2010 (Photo, copyright: AnaR).

 

Why did you found « Synergies Européennes » ?

 

Initially I had no intention to found any group or subgroup in the broad family of New Right clubs and caucuses. But as, for many reasons, cooperation with the French branch around Alain de Benoist seemed to be impossible to resume, I first decided to retire completely and to devote myself to other tasks, such as translations or private teaching. This transition period of disabused withdrawal lasted exactly one month and one week (from December 6th, 1992 to begin January 1993). When friends from Provence phoned me during the first days of 1993 to express their best wishes for the New Year to come and when I told them what kind of decision I had taken, they protested heavily, saying that they preferred to rally under my supervision than under the one of the always mocked “Parisians”. I answered that I had no possibility to rent places or find accommodations in their part of France. One day after, they found a marvellous location to organise a summer course. Other people, such as Gilbert Sincyr, generously supported this initiative, which six months later was a success due to the tireless efforts of Christiane Pigacé, a university teacher in political sciences in Aix-en-Provence, and of a future lawyer in Marseille, Thierry Mudry, who both could obtain the patronage of Prof. Julien Freund. The summer course was a success. But no one had still the idea of founding a new independent think tank. It came only one year later when we had to organise several preparatory meetings in France and Belgium for a next summer course at the same location. Things were decided in April 1994 in Flanders, at least for the Belgians, Italians, Spaniards, Portuguese and French. A German-Austrian team joined in 1995 immediately after a summer course of the German weekly paper “Junge Freiheit”, that organized a short trip to Prague for the participants (including Sunic, the Russian writer Vladimir Wiedemann and myself); people of the initial French team, under the leading of Jean de Bussac, travelled to the Baltic countries, to try to make contacts there. In 1996, Sincyr, de Bussac and Sorel went to Moscow to meet a Russian team lead by Anatoly Ivanov, former Soviet dissident and excellent translator from French and German into Russian, Vladimir Avdeev and Pavel Tulaev. We had also the support of Croatians (Sunic, Martinovic, Vujic) and Serbs (late Dragos Kalajic) despite the war raging in the Balkans between these two peoples. In Latin America we’ve always had the support of Ancient Greek philosophy teacher Alberto Buela, who is also an Argentinian rancher leading a small ranch of 600 cows, and his old fellow Horacio Cagni, an excellent connoisseur of Oswald Spengler, who has been able to translate the heavy German sentences of Spengler himself into a limpid Spanish prose. The meetings and summer courses lasted till 2003 and the magazines were published till 2004. Of course, personal contacts are still held and new friends are starting new initiatives, better adapted to the tastes of younger people. In 2007 we started to blog on the net with “euro-synergies.hautetfort.com” in seven languages with new texts every day and with “vouloir.hautetfort.com” only in French with all the articles in our archives. This latest initiative is due to a rebuilt French section in Paris. These blogging activities bring us more readers and contacts than the old ways of working. Postage costs were in the end too high to let the printed stuff survive. The efforts of our American friend Greg Johnson, excellent translator from French into English, has opened us new horizons in the world, where English is more largely known than other European languages, except Spanish. The translations of Greg can be read on “counter-currents.com”. Tomislav Sunic with all his connections in the New World, in England and Scandinavia has played a key role in this step forward. He will force me to write in English in the next future, just as you do now, and to abandon my habit to write mainly in French and sometimes in German, languages that I master better that English. The next long interview in English will be the one that Pavel Tulaev submitted to me some days ago (January 2011). In fact, when I entered as a full member the New Right groups in September 1980, after having been drilled during a special summer course in Provence in July 1980 in the frame of the so-called “Temistoklès Savas Promotion” (T. Savas was a Greek friend who had just died in a motorbike accident in the Northern Greek mountains), I promised to Prof. Pierre Vial, who was at that time one of the main leaders of the celebrated GRECE-group, to lead a metapolitical battle till my last breath. So things are still going on as they ought to.

 

environnement3.jpg

The marvellous water bridge of Rocquevafour were formerly the GRECE Summer Courses were given

Now the very purposes of “Synergies Européennes” or “Euro-Synergies” were to enable all people in Europe (and outside Europe) to exchange ideas, books, views, to start personal contacts, to stimulate the necessity of translating a maximum of texts or interviews, in order to accelerate the maturing process leading to the birth of a new European or European-based political think tank. Another purpose was to discover new authors, usually rejected by the dominant thoughts or neglected by old right groups or to interpret them in new perspectives.

 

“Synergy” means in the Ancient Greek language, “work together” (“syn” = “together” and “ergon” = “to work”); it has a stronger intellectual and political connotation than its Latin equivalent “cooperare” (“co” derived from “cum” = “with”, “together” - and “operare” = “to work”). Translations, meetings and all other ways of cooperating (for conferences, individual speeches or lectures, radio broadcasting or video clips on You Tube, etc.) are the very keys to a successful development of all possible metapolitical initiatives, be they individual, collegial or other. People must be on the move as often as possible, meet each other, eat and drink together, camp under poor soldierly conditions, walk together in beautiful landscapes, taste open-mindedly the local kitchen or liquors, remembering one simple but o so important thing, i. e. that joyfulness must be the core virtue of a good working metapolitical scene. When sometimes things have failed, it was mainly due to humourless, snooty or yellow-bellied guys, who thought they alone could grasp one day the “Truth” and that all others were gannets or cretins. Jean Mabire and Julien Freund, Guillaume Faye and Tomislav Sunic, Alberto Buela and Pavel Tulaev were or are joyful people, who can teach you a lot of very serious things or explain you the most complicated notions without forgetting that joy and gaiety must remain the core virtues of all intellectual work. If there is no joy, you will inevitably be labelled as dull and lose the metapolitical battle. Don’t forget that medieval born initiatives like the German “Burschenschaften” (Students’ Corporations) or the Flemish “Rederijkers Kamers” (“Chambers of Rhetoric”) or the Youth Movements in pre-Nazi Germany were all initiatives where the highest intellectual matters were discussed and, once the seminary closed, followed by joyful songs, drinking parties or dance (Arthur Koestler remembers his time spent at Vienna Jewish Burschenschaft “Unitas” as the best of his youth, despite the fact that the Jewish students of Vienna considered in petto that the habits of the Burschenschaften should be adopted by them as pure mimicking). Humour and irony are also keys to success. A good cartoonist can reach the bull’s eye better than a dry philosopher.

 

lourmarin0.jpg

Provence village of Lourmarin where three Summer courses of "Synergies Européennes" were held

 

How do you view the proper relationship between the national state and the European Community?

 

Well, it depends which national state you are talking about. Some states have a strong political personality, born out of their own history. Others are remnants of former greater empires, like many states in Central Europe, which once upon a time were parts of the Austrian-Hungarian Habsburgs Empire. France, Britain and Sweden, for instance, have such a well-defined strong personality. Belgium, the country in which I was born, is a more or less artificial state, being a remnant entity of the Austrian-Hungarian Empire and of the medieval German Holy Roman Empire but having been strongly under the influence of France due to the use of French language in the Southern part of the kingdom and among the elites, even in Flemish speaking provinces. Croatia has been part of the Hungarian Crown’s Lands within the Austrian-Hungarian Empire and still desires to have closer links with Austria, Germany and Italy. Bosnia cultivates both the nostalgia of the Austrian-Hungarian Empire and of the Ottoman Empire. The Netherlands has certainly a stronger identity than Belgium or Croatia but this identity has the tendency to develop in two very different directions: a see-oriented direction towards Britain and the United States, or a land-oriented direction towards Germany and Flanders in Belgium. Countries with a weaker identity have the tendency to be more pro-European than the ones that have this strong history born personality I’ve just mentioned. But on the other hand Britain is experimenting nowadays a process of devolution, especially in Scotland and in a lesser extent in Wales. France is still theoretically the embodiment of a strongly centralised state but regional and local identities are flourishing as an alternative to the official universalistic ideology of the “République”, leading to a compelled acceptation of mass immigration imposed to the native populations, that, as a result, instinctively take up local or regional roots, which look more genuine and gentle, being seen as in complete accordance with one’s “deepest heart”.

 

To theorise the “proper relationship” between the national state and the European Union, you have to look out for a functioning model, in which several types of identities, be they linguistic or confessional, are overlapping and displaying a kind of mosaic patchwork on a smaller scale than Europe, which is obviously such a patchwork, especially in its central continental areas. The only functioning model we have is the Swiss model. This democratic model was born in an intersection area in the middle of the European continent, where three main European languages and one local language meet as well as two different Christian faiths, Protestantism and Catholicism, Swiss Protestantism being once more divided between Lutherans in German speaking Basle and Calvinist in French speaking Geneva, with remnants of Zwingli’s Protestantism around Zurich. Most German speaking Swiss are otherwise Roman Catholics, while most French speaking Swiss are Protestants except in the Canton of Jura. To coordinate optimally all these differences, what could lead to endless conflicts, the Swiss political system invented a form of federalism that allowed people to live in peace while keeping their differences alive. This could be a model for all European states and for regions within these states. The federal level in Switzerland is a “slim” and efficient level. Most matters are left in the hands of local politicians and officials. Moreover the Swiss system foresees the referendum as a decision making instrument at both federal and cantonal levels. The people can introduce a claim at local or national level, leading to the organisation of a referendum for all kind of matters: the building of a bridge, ecological problems, introduction or suppression of a railway or a bus connection, etc. In 2009 and in 2010, two referendums took place at federal level: the first one was introduced by a rightist populist party to forbid the building of minarets in Swiss cities and towns, in accordance to the very old ecological and town-planning laws of the Swiss Confederation, mostly accepted or introduced by leftist “progressive” political forces in former times. In November 2010, also very recently, people voted to expel all criminal foreigners out of the country, avoiding in this way the most painful effects of mass immigration. Such people’s initiatives would be impossible in other European countries, despite the fact that expelling criminals cannot be considered as “racist” (as non criminal foreigners cannot be expelled) or as hostile to particular religious faiths, as no religion tolerates crimes as acceptable patterns of behaviour.

 

Therefore, the possible adoption of this Swiss model, beyond its latest anti-immigration aspects, would allow other European peoples to vote in order to coin a policy-making decision about actual problems and so to avoid being arrogantly ordained by ukases imagined by the fertile fantasy of Eurocratic eggheads in Brussels. The adoption of the Swiss model implies of course to reduce most of the biggest states in Europe into smaller entities or to adopt a federal system like in Spain, Austria, Belgium or Germany, plus the possibility to organise referendums like in Switzerland, as this is not the case in the otherwise complete federal states I’ve just mentioned. This is a lack of democracy. The main problem would be France, where this kind of federalism and of democracy has never been introduced. Nevertheless, the demand for the referendum system is growing in France, as you can read it on www.polemia.com, where former New Right exponent Yvan Blot is currently resuming all his ideas, suggestions and critics about this topic.

 

96720241.jpgPicture: The Splügenpass at the Italian-Swiss boarder where Synergon's Summer Course 1996 was held (Photo: RS)

 

The introducing of a general federal system in Europe with broad devolution within the existing states is not accepted everywhere. In Italy, where the federalist Lega Nord is continuously successful in the Northern provinces of the country, partisans of a strong state argue that a balkanization in the disguise of a general federalisation would weaken many state’s instruments that have been firmly settled in former times and enable the present-day state foundations or practices to avoid absorption by globalist American-lead agencies or concerns. This is of course an actual risk. So all the state institutions having been developed in Europe to enhance autarky (self-sufficiency) at whatever level possible must be kept out of any dissolution process implied by any form of devolution.

 

A policy consisting of introducing a referendum to avoid people being crushed by too centralised states or by eurocrats, of a devolution allowing this genuine form of democracy to be established everywhere and of keeping alive all institutions aiming at self-sufficiency was perhaps the hope of Solzhenitsyn for his dear old Russia. Such a policy ought to be made secure according to historical Russian and Swiss models, but cannot of course be implemented by the current political personnel. Needless to say that such a personnel is corrupt but not only that. It is brainwashed and duped by all kind of silly ready-made ideologies or blueprints, invented mostly in American think tanks, their European counter-parts and the main media agencies. To summarize it, these ideologies aim at weakening the societies by mocking their traditional patterns of behaviour, at generalizing the ideological assets of neo-liberalism in order to let globalization be thoroughly implemented in every corner of the world and at reducing Europe to remain once for ever a disguised colony of the United States.

 

Therefore, there is the need to replace such a deceiving personnel by new teams in every European country. These new teams cannot be the usual populist alternative parties as they are mostly unaware of the dangers of neo-liberalism, i.e. the new universalistic ideology suggested and imposed by the most dangerous think tanks of the left and of the establishment: from the camouflaged Trotskites within the social-democratic parties to the “new philosophers” in France, who paved the way to a subtle mixture of “political correctness”, apparent libertarianism, an apparently vehement and staunch defence of the human rights, avowed antifascism and anticommunism (communism being the result of a worship of mostly German “thought masters” (“maîtres-à-penser”) like Hegel  or Marx). The usual populist parties never managed to develop a discourse about and against this real danger jeopardizing Europe’s future. They were each time trapped by one aspect or another of this subtle mixture, especially all the anticommunist aspects.

 

A “new team” should give following answer to the now well-established official ideology of the main medias:

-          A defence of the social systems in Europe or of an adaptation/modernization of them, erasing the corruptions that deposited during several decades; the model would be of course the partnership existing since the foundation of the Federal Republic of Germany between workers and bosses; the investment model called the “Rhine Model” by the French thinker Michel Albert, where the capital is permanently invested in new technologies, in Research & Development, in academic think tanks, etc. The defence of the so-called socialist social systems in Europe aims essentially at preserving the families’ patrimony (especially modest working-class families because it gives them a safe security net in case of recession), at securing the future of the school and academic networks (now disintegrating under the iron heel of the banksters’ neoliberalism) and at securing a free and good functioning medical system in all European countries. It has often been said that the “non merchant sectors” were suffering due to all kind of imposed shortages (in the name of an alleged economic efficiency) and to the poor salaries earned by teaching or medical personnel. The “anti-shopkeeper” mentality of the so-called “right” or “new right” is an old heritage linking us to the ideals of the Scotsman Thomas Carlyle and the American poet Ezra Pound. If we want to translate these core ideas into a political programme, we’ll have to elaborate in each European country a specific defence of the “non merchant sectors”, as a civilization is measured not by material and transient productions but by the excellence of its medical and academic systems. We always were defenders of the primacy of culture against the iron heel of banks and economics.

LAGO_DI_VARESE_tramonto_sulle_Alpi.jpg

The Varese Lake, Lombardia, where Synergon's Seminar 1995 and Synergon's Summer Course 2000 was held

 

-          The notion of human rights, as they are propagated by the mainstream medias and by the official American think tanks, is a would-be universalistic ideology, aiming at replacing all the old messianic faiths, be they a religious bias or a Hegelian or Marxist tinted ideology (“the main narratives” of Jean-François Lyotard). But the mainstream notion of human rights are not merely an ideology, it is an instrument fabricated by strategists at the time of President Jimmy Carter, in order to have a constant opportunity to meddle in the affairs of alien countries, in order to weaken them (a strategy already suggested by Sun Tzu). The Chinese could observe very early that drift from a pious reference to human rights towards manipulation and subversion and reacted in arguing that every civilization should be permitted to adapt the notion of human rights to its own core cultural patterns. If the Chinese have the right to adapt, why wouldn’t we Europeans not be entitled to give our own interpretation of human rights within the frame of our own civilization? And above all to be allowed to make a clear distinction, when human rights are evoked, between what is genuine in the true defence of citizens’ rights and obligations and what is the result of an offensive attack perpetrated by an alien “soft power” in order to destabilize our countries’ policy in whatever matters. We should have the courage to denounce every abuse in the manipulating of the human rights’ topic when they are solemnly summoned up only in order to promote any American imperialist project in Europe, as, for instance, the war against Yugoslavia in 1999 was. The justification put forward to start this war was the so-called breach of human rights committed by the Serbian government against the Albanians composing the majority of Kosovo’s population. But in the end it brought to power an infamous gang in this American-backed secessionist province of Kosovo, currently accused of trafficking human organs, weapons and prostitutes. Where are the rights of the people having been bereft of their organs by force or of the poor girls attracted by seducing work contracts in Western Europe, then beaten, locked up in some dreary cellar and finally forced to be on the game? All the media orchestrated humbug about human rights promoted by Carter, Clinton and Albright ended exactly in the worst breaches in common law, that were deleterious for thousands and thousands of victims. The American discourse about human rights is deceitfulness and cant and nothing else. The real purpose was to establish a gigantic military base in Kosovo, namely “Camp Bondsteel”, in order to replace the abandoned bases in Germany after the Cold War and the German reunification and to occupy the Balkans, an area which, since Alexander the Great, allows every audacious conqueror to control Anatolia and all areas beyond it, namely Iraq and Persia. A “new team” in Europe should ceaselessly stigmatize and vilify these abuses and clearly tell the public opinion of their respective countries what are the real purposes behind each American human rights policy. The “new team” should work a bit like Noam Chomsky in the United States, who indefatigably reveals what is Washington’s hidden agenda in every part of the world.

 

To adopt a Swiss model with referendum at local and national level, to reject vehemently the anti-autarky policies induced by the neo-liberal ideology and economical theory, to reject also the mainstream bias of “political correctness” and to perceive the real geopolitical and strategic intentions hidden behind each American step are not capabilities that the political personnel in Europe can currently display. Therefore you won’t have a proper relationship between the national states (and the people as an ethnic reality) and the highest institutions of the European Union, as long as a fooled political pseudo-elite is ruling these latest. You need “new teams” to induce a “proper relationship”.            

 

What is your analysis of the current European Union and it’s future and potential?

 

The answer to the question you ask here could be the stuff of a whole book. Indeed to answer it properly and in a complete way, you need to evoke the all story of the European integration process, starting with the founding act of the CECA/EGKS, i.e. the “European Community of Coal and Steel”, in 1951. After that you had the “Treaty of Rome” in 1957, launching the so-called “Common Market” and, later, the “Treaty of Maastricht” and the “Treaty of Lisbon”.  It seems useless to resume now the entire history of the European “Eurocratic” institutions, especially at a present time when they are totally degenerated by liberal and neo-liberal ideas that of course weaken them and make them in a certain way superfluous. The core idea at the very beginning was to create an “autonomous market”, leading to a certain autarky, which was absolutely possible when the six founding countries possessed large parts of Africa and could so exploit the most important industrial and mineral resources. The decolonization and the support that the United States provided to the independence movements in Africa bereft Europe of a direct access to the main resources. The core idea of an autarky within a certain “Eurafrican” commonwealth has no real significance anymore. This new situation could already have been foreseen in October 1956 when the United States tolerated (and indirectly supported) the Soviet invasion of Hungary despite the opinion of their main allies in Europe and condemned the French-British intervention in Egypt. The year 1956 announced the fate of Europe: the European powers had no right to intervene within Europe itself, as Hungary had freed itself from Soviet yoke and as the treaties signed after 1945 foresaw the withdrawal of all Soviet troops out of the country after some months. The European powers, including Britain, had no right anymore to intervene in Africa in order to keep order.

 

The decolonization process left Europe without a necessary “Ergänzungsraum”, i. e. a “complementary space”, that could be administrated from European capitals and give African people the efficiency of well drilled executives, what they lack since then, precipitating the whole Black continent into a terrible misery. But autarky doesn’t mean the direct access to mineral resources: it means first of all “food autarky”. Few European countries are (or were at the end of the 80s, just before the collapse of the Soviet block) really independent at food level or are now able to produce food excesses. Only Sweden, Hungary, France and Denmark were. For the excellent French demographist Gaston Bouthoul Denmark is the best example of a well-balanced agriculture. This small Scandinavian country is able to produce food excesses that make of it an “agricultural superpower” in Europe: one should simply remember that Danish peasants furnished 75% of the food for the German Wehrmacht during WW2. Without the Danish food excesses, Hitler’s armies wouldn’t have resisted so long in Russia, in Northern Africa and in the West (Italy).

7985d75c2fae9190fec76016ae3e79e1.jpg

Perugia, Umbria (Italy) where the common "New Right" Conference (with Dr. Marco Tarchi, Dr. Alessandro Campi, Alain de Benoist, Michael Walker and Robert Steuckers) was held in February 1991 and where Synergon's Summer Course 1999 took place

 

The core idea of autarky survived quite long within the European institutions. We should remember the last plan trying to materialise autarky, the so-called “Plan Delors”, proposing a policy of large scaled public works and of favouring telecommunications and public transports within the EU area. The EU has no future if it remains what American economists called “a penetrated system” at the time of the Weimar Republic in Germany when American big business tried a disguised colonisation of the defeated Reich through the Young and Dawes Plans. The EU is now a penetrated system where not only American multinationals are carving important segments of the inner European market but also the new Chinese State’s companies and where the textile industry is now entirely dependant from delocalized factories settled in Turkey or Pakistan. Unemployment reaches astronomical figures in Europe because of delocalisation.

 

Recently the German weekly magazine “Der Spiegel” has published figures showing that Europe is experimenting now a real decay. More and more European countries are leaving the hit parade of the 20 most important economies on the world. The results of the PISA inquiry about the levels reached by school systems reveals also a general decay of the European standards. University teacher and former student and translator of Carl Schmitt, Julien Freund, thought us in his important book “La fin de la Renaissance” (1981) that decay comes when you begin to hate yourself, to despise what you are and to abhor your own past. The whole “Vergangenheitsbewältigung” not only in Germany but in all European countries, where children and teenagers are subtly induced to loathe themselves and their fatherlands, has repercussions on the general economics of the entire continent. The EU can only survive when it finds its ideological roots again, i. e. the very notion of autarky. Otherwise the process of decay will amplify tremendously and lead to the complete disappearance of the European peoples and civilisation. In this process the EU area may become, as a kind of new “Eurabia” or Euro-Turkey or Afro-Europe, an appendix of a “Transatlantic Union” under US leadership. 

 

Well, let us now turn to the real question, the question that matters. Are we socialists or not? If we are, what’s the difference between us and the conventional socialists or social democrats?  What’s the difference between the synergist anti-liberal with his New Right background and the Marxist or Post-Marxist we find in all the parliaments in Europe and of course in the European Parliament where they constitute the second main group after the Christian Democrats of the EPP? Well, the conventional socialists would say that they get their inspiration from their holy icon Marx and from his followers of the 2nd International, even if a born-again Marx would fiercely mock their liberal and permissive bias with the acidity he always used to lash verbally his foes. The problem is that the socialism of the direct heirs of the 2nd International is a type of socialism without a frame, consisting mainly of irresponsible promises emitted by cynical politicians in order to grasp as many mandates or seats as possible. Long before Marx wrote his well-known communist manifesto, there was an economical genius in Germany called Friedrich List, who opposed the free trade ideology of Britain at that time. Free trade meant in the first half of the 19th Century a generalized colonial system in the entire world, where Britain would have been the world only workshop or factory, while the rest would have remained underdeveloped only producing raw materials for the Sheffield or Manchester mills. Included all European countries of course. List asserted that every country had the genuine right to develop its own territorial assets. As the British fleet was the instrument enabling the British Crown to be ubiquitous and reach the harbours on all shores where it could get the raw materials and sell the products of England’s factories, List suggested an inner development of all countries in the world by inner colonization (fertilization and cultivation of all abandoned lands), building of railways and canals in order to boost communications. List inspired the German government under the leading of Bismarck, the small Belgian kingdom which was an economical power having experimented an actual industrial revolution immediately after Britain, the French positivists for the necessity of starting an inner agricultural colonization of the former Gallic mainland and above all the US government that had to face the huge problem of developing the gigantic land space between the Atlantic and the Pacific. List is the intellectual father of the Transcontinental Railway and of the canals linking the Lakes and the Saint Lawrence River. He is the real intellectual father of the industrial power of the United States. On the other hand he inspired anti-colonialists in the former Third World, especially India and China: Gandhi, who wanted the Indians to cultivate cotton and weave their own clothes with it, and Dr. Sun Ya Tsen, founder of the Chinese Republic in 1911, were more or less inspired by List’s theories and practical suggestions. The Chinese National-Republican economist Kai Sheng Chen, who theorized the very important notion of  “armed economy”, was a pupil of List and of Ludendorff, who adapted the peaceful ideas of List in the context of WW1. Taiwan and South Korea have proved that Kai Sheng Chen’s ideas can be successfully realized.

 

In the present-day United States the caucus around Lyndon LaRouche has produced an excellent analysis of the opposition between the Free Trade system and List’s practical views of a world of free autarkic areas. You can find a long documentary on the Internet about this dual interpretation given by the LaRouche’s group. Many Europeans would of course object that LaRouche’s vision of the economical history of the Western World during these two last centuries is quite over-simplified. Of course it is. But the core of this interpretation is correct and sound, whereas the over-simplification made of the all corpus a good didactical instrument. There is indeed an opposition between Free Trade (neo-liberalism, reaganomics, thatcherite economics, Chicago Boys, Hayek’s theories, etc.) and List’s idea of a harmonious juxtaposition of autarkies on the world map. The LaRouche caucus never quotes List (as far as I know) and says Lincoln and McKinley were opponents to the Free Trade, a position that, according to Lyndon LaRouche, explains their assassinations. Both were killed after a plot aiming at cancelling all political steps towards a North American autarkist system. Teddy Roosevelt and Woodrow Wilson were supporters of the Free Trade system and of a British-American alliance along the lines theorized by an almost forgotten proponent of geopolitics, Homer Lea, author of a key book, “The Day of the Saxons”. Lea, having got a degree in West Point, had been dismissed for medical reasons and turned to pure theory, advocating an eternal alliance of Britain and the United States. We can read in his book today the general principles of a control of the South Asian “rimlands” by both Anglo-Saxon sea powers, especially Afghanistan, and of a control of the Low Countries and Denmark to avoid any push forward of Germany in the direction of the North Sea or any push forward of France in the direction of the harbours of Antwerp and Rotterdam.

 

The LaRouche caucus aims obviously at emphasizing the role in history of some icon figures of America like Abraham Lincoln of Franklin Delano Roosevelt. Nevertheless Free Trade and Continental Autarky are truly a couple of opposites that you cannot deny, even if the binary antagonism isn’t certainly so sharp as explained by LaRouche’s team. For instance, it is true that F. D. Roosevelt started his career as a US President by launching the huge project of the “Tennessee Valley”, foreseeing the building of a series of colossal dams to tame the violent waters of the Tennessee, Mississippi and Missouri rivers. The New Deal and the “Tennessee Valley Project” were distinctly continental purposes but they were torpedoed by the proponents of Free Trade, who in the end imposed a new Free Trade policy, an alliance with Britain, despite the fact that Chamberlain tried to create an inner Commonwealth autarky. This shift in Roosevelt’s policy lead to war with Japan and Germany because the failure of the New Deal policy implied to choose for exportations and to abandon the project of developing the inner Northern American market. If you have to prevent other areas in the world to develop their own closed markets, you must destroy them, according to the good old colonial logics, and get them as exportation markets. So the United States were doomed to destroy the European system of the Germans and the “Co-Prosperity Sphere of East Asia” under the leadership of Japan.

 

To summarize our position, let us remember that Russia developed and came out of underdevelopment under the “Continental Project” of Serguei Witte and Arkady Stolypin, who were either dismissed after a gossip campaign or assassinated by a crazy revolutionist. China after its communist isolation under Mao turned to a form of autarkist model under Deng Xiao Ping, leading the country to an unchallenged economical success. Putin in Russia is trying, with less success, to adopt the same guidelines. But the “Continental Autarkists” are assembling nowadays under the direction of the informal Shanghai Group or of the BRIC (Brazil, Russia, India, China). Europe and the United States will have to adapt in order to avoid complete decay. The key idea to successfully perform this adaptation is the good old project of Friedrich List. And the American can refer to one of his most brilliant students: Lawrence Dennis, who coined a project for “continental autarky”, being influenced by the “continentalist” school of South America, where he lived for a quite long time as a diplomat.

 

DSCN9443.JPG

The Flemish village of Munkzwalm where many technical meetings and several Spring Courses were held between 1989 and 1995

 

Q.: Is it important for the pro-European activist to be familiar with geopolitics?

 

Of course. If you are a pro-European activist, you should perceive Europe as a geopolitical entity, surrounded by possible foes and having to control militarily its periphery, for instance by preventing the North African states to become sea powers again or to prevent any alien power to provide them sea power tools or missiles able to strike the Mediterranean coasts of Europe. The whole history of Europe is the history of a long defence battle against Barbary Coast pirates and their Ottoman rulers. Once this danger eliminated, Europe could develop and prosper. Nowadays mass immigration within the boarders of European countries replace the external danger of Barbary Coast piracy or of Ottoman threat by introducing parallel economical circuits and mafia systems of drug bosses, the so-called “diaspora mafias”, who weaken the whole social system by literally milking money from the well established European social security system and by earning colossal fortunes from drug dealing (Moroccan cannabis which amounts to 70% of the entire European consumption or Central Asian heroin dispatched by Turkish mafias). The type of danger has changed but comes always from the very next periphery of Europe. Racialist as well as so-called anti-racist arguments are preposterous in such matters, as you don’t need to develop a “racialist argumentation” to criticize mass immigration: you simply have to stress the fact that international authorities like the UNESCO or the UNO have urged the EU to finance alternative crops in Morocco, in order to replace the huge fields of cannabis in the Northern parts of the country by useful plantations. But the money given by the EU has been used to triple the area where cannabis crops are cultivated! So Morocco, the Moroccan citizens or the European citizens of Moroccan origin who trust drugs from the Rif area are lawbreakers in front of the EU, UNESCO and UNO policy. Anti-racist arguments, caucuses and legislations, trying to crush all people criticizing mass immigration, are in fact tools in the hand of the secret lobbies and the drug bosses that try to weaken Europe and to maintain our homelands in a permanent state of debility and decrepitude.

 

For you Swedes, as fellow countrymen of Rudolf Kjellén and Sven Hedin, geopolitics is of course a genuine part of your political and cultural heritage. Moreover the Russian Yuri Semionov, author of a tremendously interesting book on Siberia, was a refugee in Sweden in the Thirties. In Swedish libraries you must find a lot about the first theories on geopolitics (as it was Kjellén who coined the word), about the travelogues of Hedin, explorer of Central Asia and Tibet, and maybe about Semionov’s works. At the very beginning of the so-called New Right project, geopolitics was still taboo. There was certainly an implicit geopolitics among diplomats or generals, which was not genuinely different from the former geopolitical endeavours of the previous decades, but the very word was taboo. You couldn’t talk about geopolitics without being accused of trying to resume Nazi geopolitics, which had been set once for all as “esoteric”. Karl Haushofer, the German pupil of Kjellén, had been depicted as a crazy mystical mage having disguised his belonging to a so-called secret society of the “Green Dragon” behind a weak discourse about history, geography and international affairs. When you read Haushofer and his excellent “Zeitschrift für Geopolitik” (which survived him under the name of “Geopolitik” in the Fifties), you find comments on current affairs, reasonable reflections about frontiers within and outside Europe, interviews of foreign diplomats and excellent analyses about the Pacific area but no pseudo-Chinese or neo-Teutonic esoteric humbug. At the end of the Seventies, things changed. In the United States, Colin S. Gray decided to break definitively the taboo on geopolitics. As an Anglo-Saxon proponent of geopolitics, Gray was of course a pupil of Sir Halford John MacKinder, of Homer Lea and of their pupil Spykman. But he explained that Haushofer’s geopolitics was a continental reaction against MacKinder’s sea power geopolitics. Haushofer was so rehabilitated and could be studied again as a normal proponent of geopolitics and not as a mystical crackpot.

 

In the group of students, who followed the works of the New Right groups in Brussels at the end of the Seventies and was lead by late Alain Derriks, we had of course purchased a copy of Gray’s book but, at the same time, we discovered the book of an Italian general, Guido Giannettini, “Dietro la Grande Muraglia” (“Beyond the Great (Chinese) Wall”). This book was extremely well written, offered simultaneously a historical approach and present-day analyses, and opened wide perspectives. Giannettini had observed how the whole international chessboard had been turned upside down in 1972, when Kissinger and Nixon had coined a new implicit alliance with communist China. Formerly, the American lead Western world had faced a giant Eurasian communist block, embracing China and the USSR, even when the relationship between Moscow and Beijing wasn’t optimal anymore or could even become sometimes frankly antagonist (with a clash between both armies along the River Amur in Far Eastern Siberia). After the defeat of Germany in 1945, Europe had been divided, according to the rules settled at Teheran and Yalta, into a Western part dominated by NATO and an Eastern part under the direction of the Warsaw Pact. At that time Euro-nationalists around my fellow countryman Jean Thiriart, rejected both systems and pleaded for an alliance with China and the Arab world (Egypt, Syria and Iraq) in order to loose the choking entanglement of both NATO and Warsaw Pact. In Thiriart’s clearly outlined strategy for his Europe-wide but tiny movement, Chinese and Arabs would have had for task to keep Americans and Soviets busy outside Europe, so that the pressure would be lighter to bear in Europe and lead, if possible, to a successful liberation movement, aiming at restoring Europe’s independence and sovereignty. When Americans and Chinese joined their forces to contain and encircle Soviet Russia, the wished Euro-Chinese alliance to disentangle Yalta’s yoke in Europe became a sheer impossibility. On the other side, the Arabs were too weak and not interested in a European revival, as they feared a come back of the colonial powers in their area, as during the Suez affair in October 1956. Giannettini’s option for a Euro-Russian block became the only possible choice. Thiriart agreed. So did we. But our views about a possible future Euro-Russian alliance were confused at the very beginning: we couldn’t accept the occupation of Eastern Europe and even less the partition of Germany that is, geographically speaking, the core of Europe. On the other hand, the American disguised occupation was also for us an unacceptable situation, especially after De Gaulle’s breach with NATO and the new independent course in international affairs that it induced, according to Dr. Armin Mohler. After the Israeli victory of June 1967 with the help of Mirage III fighters and bombers, France’s new world policy lead to the exportation of Dassault jet fighters in Latin America, South Africa, India and Australia. It could have generated a new European based aeronautical industry, as in 1975 the Scandinavian and Low Countries air forces had the choice between the Mirage IV, the Saab Viggen jet, a new model produced by a future common French-Swedish project, or the American F-16. European independence was only possible if Europe could build an independent aeronautical industry, based on merges between already existing aeronautical companies. The fact that after corruption affairs the Scandinavian and Low Countries armies opted for the American F-16 jet ruined the possibility of a jointed independent European aeronautical industry. It was the purchase of the F-16 jets and the subsequent ruin of a possible French-Swedish fighter project that induces our small group to reject definitively all forms of pendency in front of the Western hegemonic power. But what else if the Iron Curtain seemed to be not removable and if the inner European situation was apparently a stalemate, bound to remain as such eternally?

 

Other readings helped us to improve our views. I’ll quote here two key books that shifted unequivocally our viewpoints: Prof. Louis Dupeux’ doctor paper on German “national bolshevism” at the time of the Weimar Republic in the Twenties and Prof. Alexander Yanov’s UCLA paper on the Russian “New Right” in the last years of Soviet rule, at the end of Brezhnev’s era and just before Gorbachev’s perestroika. Dupeux helped us to understand the relevancy of the Soviet-German tandem in the Twenties, starting with the Rapallo Treaty of 1922 (between Rathenau and Chicherin). This relevancy could explain us the cause of the ephemeral Ribbentrop-Molotov Pact of August 1939. A European-Russian tandem could therefore offer the possibility of independence and Continental-Eurasian strength. But such a tandem was impossible under communist rule. But was communism as monolithic as it was described in the Western press and medias? In his paper Yanov divided Soviet-Russian political thought into two categories and each of these two categories again in two others: the Zapadniki (the Westerners) and the Narodniki (the proponents of Russian identity). You could find dissident Zapadniki in the emigration and pro-regime Zapadniki within the Soviet institutions (i. e. Marxist of the old school as Marxism was a Western importation). You could also find dissident Narodniki in the emigration, such as Solzhenitsyn, and pro-regime Narodniki in the Soviet-Russian academic world, such as the writer Valentin Rasputin, who wrote “rural” novels criticizing the reckless industrialisation and “electrification” of old traditional Russian villages or areas. For Yanov the Russian New Right was incarnated in all the Narodniki, be they dissidents or not, and all Narodniki were of course dangerous compeers and rascals as they challenged dominant Western as well as Soviet principles. So our position, and the one staunchly defended in Germany by former Gulag prisoner Wolfgang Strauss (arrested during the East German riots of June 1953), was to hope for a Narodniki political or metapolitical revolution in Russia and in Eastern Europe, giving the possibility to create an International of Narodniki, from the Atlantic coasts to the Pacific Ocean, challenging the Western hemisphere and its liberal leftist ideology. Meanwhile after Reagan’s election in November 1981 the missile crisis swept all over Europe. The piling up of missiles on both sides of the Iron Curtain risked in case of war to destroy definitively all European countries. The reaction was passionate especially in Germany: more and more puzzled voices required a new neutrality status, to avoid implication in a military system of warmongers, and pleaded for a withdrawal from NATO, as the Treaty’s Organisation was lead by an external hegemonic power, which didn’t care for the safety of Europe and was ready to unleash a horrible nuclear apocalypse upon our countries. A neutrality status, as suggested by General Jochen Löser in Germany (in “Neutralität für Mitteleuropa”), implied also to promote a kind of “Third Way” system, which would have been a synthesis between state socialism and market capitalism. “Wir Selbst” of Siegfried Bublies (Koblenz) was the leading magazine, which backed a policy of NATO withdrawal and Central European neutrality, a “Third Way” (for instance the one theorized by the Slovak economist Ota Sik), a reconciliation with Russia (according to Ernst Niekisch or Karl-Otto Paetel as dissidents both of the Weimar Republic and of the Third Reich), the devolution movements in Western and Eastern Europe, and the new dissidents in the Soviet dominated block. The magazine had been created in 1979 and remained till the very beginning of the 21st Century the main forum for alternative thought with a humanist touch in all Europe. I mean “humanist” in the sense given to this word by the main non Westernized dissidents of Eastern Europe, being no Narodniki in the narrow sense of this expression. The years 1982 and 1983 were determined by the pacifist revolt throughout Europe, especially in Germany around an interesting thinker like air force Lieutenant-Colonel Alfred Mechtersheimer, and in the Low Countries but also in Britain, where huge demonstrations were held to prevent the dispatch of American missiles. Our small group supported the pacifist movement against the conventional positions of many other Rightist or even New Right clubs (including de Benoist at that time, who accused us of being the “Trotskites” of the movement, positioning himself as a kind of Stalin-like Big Brother!). The new pacifism and neutralism ceased to thrive when Gorbachev declared he intended to launch a glasnost and perestroika policy to soften the Soviet rule. Once Gorbachev promised a new policy, we could only wait and see, without abandoning all necessary scepticism. 

 

During the second half of the Eighties, we hoped for a new world, in which the Iron Curtain would one day disappear and the dominant systems would gently evolve towards a “Third Way”. In 1989, when the Berlin Wall was suppressed, we all thought very naively that the liberation of Europe and of Russia was imminent. The Gulf War and the dissolution of Yugoslavia, the invasion of Iraq and of Afghanistan proved that Europe was in fact totally unable to take an original decision in front of the world events, with the slight exception of the short French, German and Russian opposition to the invasion of Iraq in 2003, an opposition naively hailed as the new “Paris-Berlin-Moscow Axe” but an Axe that couldn’t of course prevent the unlawful invasion of Saddam Hussein’s country. So we still are in a desolate state of subjugation despite the fact that Europe now counts 27 states in full membership.

 

Let us come back to geopolitical theory. In 1979, when we discovered Giannettini’s book, I read General Heinrich Jordis von Lohausen’s book “Mut zur Macht”, which was a very good summary and actualisation of Kjellen’s ideas, as well as of all notions formerly defined by Haushofer and his broad team (Walter Pahl, Gustav Fochler-Hauke, Otto Maull, Walter Wüst, R. W.  von Keyserlingk, Erich Obst, etc.). I wrote a small paper for my end examination of “International Affairs”, which was read with interest by the teacher, who found Lohausen’s positions interesting but still “dangerous”. Geopolitics in June 1980, date when I passed the examination with brio (18/20! Thank you, dear General von Lohausen!), was still taboo in “poor little Belgium”. It wouldn’t last a long time before this “dangerousness” would definitively belong to the past. The French intellectual world produced successively many excellent geopolitical studies: I’ll only quote here Yves Lacoste’s journal “Hérodote”, the accurate maps of Michel Foucher, the encyclopaedic studies of Hervé Coutau-Bégarie and the courses of Ayméric Chauprade (who, as a teacher in the French High Military Academy, was recently sacked by Sarközy because he couldn’t accept the coming back of France in the commanding structures of NATO as a full member state). In the Anglo-Saxon world, the best books on the matter are those produced by the British publishing house “I. B. Tauris” (London).

 

You cannot concentrate only on geopolitics as a mean strategic way of thinking. To use the tools properly you need an accurate knowledge in history that the shelves in Anglo-Saxon bookshops offer you in abundance. Then to be a good proponent of geopolitics you need to study lots of maps, especially historical maps. I therefore collect historical atlases since I got the first one in my life, the official one you had to buy when you reached the third year in the secondary school. When I was 15, I bought my very first German book, volume two of the “DTV-Atlas zur Weltgeschichte”, at Brussels’ flea market. The book lies now since about forty years on my desk! Indispensable tools are also the atlases of the British University teacher Colin McEvedy, which were translated into Dutch for Holland’s schools. McEvedy sees history as a regular succession of collisions between “core peoples” (Indo-Europeans, Turkish-Mongolic tribes, Semitic nomads of the Arabic peninsula, etc.), which he perceives as balls moving on a kind of huge billiard table, which is Eurasia with all its highways across the steppes. By reading McEvedy’s comments on the maps he draws we can understand history as permanent systolic and diastolic movements of “core peoples” (together with assimilated alien tribes or vanquished former foes) against each other, in order to control land, highways or sea accesses to them. And what is European history if not a long process of resisting more or less successfully Mongolic or Turkish assaults in the East and Hamito-Semitic incursions in the South? Next to McEvedy, the most interesting historical atlas in my collection is the one that a Swiss professor produced, namely Jacques Bertin’s “Atlas historique universel – Panorama de l’histoire du monde”, where you’ll find even more precise maps than the ones of McEvedy. Also, the German DTV-Atlas (which exists in an English version published at Penguin’s publishing house in Britain), McEvedy’s works and Bertin’s panorama are the tools that I use since many years. They have been my paper companions since I was a teenager.

 

What is your analysis of the actual and ideal relationship of Europe and Russia, Turkey and the United States?

 

To answer your question here in a complete and satisfying way, I should rather write a couple of thick books instead of babbling some insufficient explanations!  Indeed your question asks me in fact to summarize in some short sentences the whole history of mankind. I suppose that, for historical reasons, Swedes don’t perceive Russia and Turkey as citizens of Central or Western Europe would perceive these countries. Swedes must remember the attempt of King Charles XII to restore what was seen as the “Gothic Link” between the Baltic and the Black Sees by becoming the heir of the Polish-Lithuanian State in decay at his time: therefore he had to wage war against Russia and try to obtain the Turkish alliance. During the Soviet-Finnish war of winter 1939-40, Swedes were terribly worried because the move of Stalin’s Red Army to recuperate Finland as a former Tsarist province implied a future Soviet control of the Baltic See reducing simultaneously Swedish sovereignty and room for manoeuvre in these waters. It was also jeopardizing the fragile independence of the Baltic States.

 

IMAG0015.jpg

Vlotho, Low Saxony (Germany) where a lot of meetings, conferences and Summer courses took place

 

Russia still wants to have access to the Atlantic via the Baltic see routes but in a less aggressive way than in Soviet times, when a messianic ideology was running the agenda. After the disappearing of the Iron Curtain, we are back to the situation we had in 1814. Once Napoleon Bonaparte had been eliminated and together with him the tone-downed Bolshevism of his time, i. e. the blood drenched French revolution ideology, Europe was a more or less united block nicknamed in Ancient Greek language the “Pentarchy” (The “Five Powers”), stretching from the Atlantic to the Pacific coasts. We often forget nowadays that Europe was a strategic united block between 1814 and 1830, i. e. only during fifteen years. This unity allowed the pacification of Spain in 1822-23, the Greek independence from the Ottoman Empire in 1828 and later the crushing of Barbary Coast piracy by the landing of French troops in present-day Algeria in 1832. But the “Pentarchy” ceased to be a harmonious symphony of allied traditional powers when Belgium become independent from the King of Holland: indeed, Britain (in order to destroy the sea power of Holland, the industrial capacities in present-day Belgium’s Walloon provinces and the potentialities of the Indonesian colonial realm of the United Low Countries Kingdom) and France (aiming at recuperating Belgium and the harbour of Antwerp as well as a portion of the Mosel Valley in Luxemburg, leading to the very middle of German Rhineland in Koblenz) supported the rather incoherent Belgian independence movement while the other powers (Prussia, Austria and Russia) supported the Dutch King and his United Kingdom of the Low Countries. France, which started in the Thirties of the 19th Century to carve its African Empire not only in Algeria but also in present-day Gabon and Senegal, and Britain, which was already a world empire whose cornerstone was India, became very soon Extra-European realms deriving their power from wealthy colonies and were therefore not more interested in the strategic unity of Europe, as the genuine civilisation area of all the people of our Caucasian kinship. The competition between European powers to get colonies implied that colonial rivalries could perhaps end in inner European conflicts, what happened indeed in 1914. The spirit of 1814 was kept alive by the “Drei Kaisersbund”, the “Alliance of the three Emperors” (United Germany after 1871, Austria-Hungary and Russia), which unfortunately started to disintegrate after Bismarck’s withdrawal in 1891 and due to the French-Russian economical-financial alliance under Tsar Alexander III (cf. the limpid book of Gordon Craig and Alexander L. George, “Zwischen Krieg und Frieden. Konfliktlösung in Geschichte und Gegenwart”, C. H. Beck, Munich, 1984; this book is a history of European diplomacy from the Treaty of Vienna in 1814 to WW1, where the authors describe the gradual disintegration of the “Pentarchy”, leading to the explosion of 1914; both authors remember also that Nixon and Kissinger tried to re-establish a kind of “Pentapolarity”, with China, Japan, the United States, Europe and Soviet Russia, but the attempt failed or was reduced to nought by the new human rights’ diplomacy of Carter. The only possible present-day “Pentapolarity” is represented by the “BRIC”-system, with Brazil, Russia, Iran, India, China and maybe, in a next future, post-Mandela South Africa).

 

dornroeschenschloss.jpg

Sababurg Castle, along the "Märchenstrasse" ("Fairy Tales Road"), Hessen (Germany), where the German friends usually held their regular meetings

 

In the first decade of the 20th Century, the “Entente” was not an obvious option at the very beginning: Russia and Britain were still rivals in Central Asia and on the rimland of South Asia; Britain and France were rivals in Sudan as Britain couldn’t tolerate a French military settlement on the Nile River (the Fashoda incident in 1898), a situation which would have cut the British possessions in the Southern part of Africa from the Egyptian protectorate in the North; we should remember here that Cecil Rhodes’ project was to link Cape Town to Cairo by a British managed Trans-African railway, after the elimination of the German colony of Tanganyka or a possible occupation of Belgian Katanga. Even if already grossly decided in 1904, the French-British-Russian alliance, known as the Entente, was far to be a sure fact before the fatidic year of 1914. The Anglo-Russian dispute in Persia had still to be settled in 1907. Moreover the three Entente powers hadn’t yet shared their part of the pie on the rimlands, as France had to accept first the de facto English protectorate in Egypt. In return for this acceptation, Britain accepted to support France’s interests in Morocco against the will of the German Emperor, who wanted to extend the Reich’s influence to the Sherifan Kingdom in North Africa, threatening to close the Mediterranean and to reduce to nought the key strategic importance of Gibraltar. For all these reasons, it is obviously not sure that Russian efficient ministers as Witte or Stolypin would have waged a war, as Russia was still economically and industrially to weak to sustain a long term war against the so-called Central Powers, i.e. Austria, Germany and the Ottomans, especially as China and Japan could possibly take advantage in the Far East of a debilitated Russia on the European stage.

 

The problem is that we Europeans cannot escape the necessity of using the Siberian raw materials and the gas and oil of the Caucasian, Central Asian and Russian fields. The weakness of Europe lays in its lack of raw materials (nowadays 90% of the rare earths, indispensable for high tech electronic devices, have to be bought in China). Europe could save itself from the Ottoman entanglement by conquering America and by circumnavigating Africa and arriving in the Indian harbours without having to pass through Islam dominated areas. Europeans aren’t visceral colonialists: they carved colonial empires despite their will, simply to escape an Ottoman-Muslim invasion.

 

The European-Turkish relationship has always been conflictual and remains today as such. It is not a question of race or even of religion, although both factors ought of course to be taken reasonably into account. Religion played certainly a key role as the Seldjuks had turned Muslim before attacking and beating the Byzantine Empire in 1071 but one forgets too often that at the same time other Turkish tribes, known as the Cumans, attacked Southern Russia and moved in the direction of the Low Danube without having turned Muslim: their faith war still Pagan-Shamanic. They nevertheless coordinated their wide scale action with their Muslim cousins. Muslim and Pagan-Shamanic Turks took the Pontic area (Black Sea as Pontus Euxinus) in a tangle: the Pagan Cumans in the North, the Muslim Seldjuks in the South. It is neither a question of race as present-day Turkey is a mix of all possible neighbouring peoples, tribes and ethnic kinships. It isn’t a joke to say that you have now Turks of all colours, like on an advertisement panel of Benetton! The European Danubian, Balkanic (Bosnians, Greeks, Albanians) and Ukrainian contribution to the ethno-genesis of the present-day Turkish population is really important, as are the parts of converted local Byzantine Greeks or Armenians or as are also the Sunni Indo-European Kurds. The Arab-Syrian influence is also clear in the South. The Turkish danger is that the Turks, whatever their real origin may be, still see themselves as the heirs of all the Hun, Mongolic and Turkish tribes that moved westwards to the Atlantic. Sultan Mehmed, who took Constantinople in 1453, kept in his mind the idea of the general move of Turkish tribes westwards but added to his geopolitical vision the one that moved the Byzantine general Justinian, who wanted at the beginning of the 7th Century to conquer again all the Mediterranean area till the shores of the Atlantic. Mehmed’s vision was also a merge of Turkish and Byzantine geopolitics. In his own eyes, he was the Sultan and the Byzantine Basileus at the same time and wanted to become also Pope and Emperor, once his armies would have taken both Rome (“the Red Apple”) and Vienna (“the Golden Apple”). Mehmed even thought that one day such a shift as a “translatio imperii ad Turcos” could happen, like there had been a “translatio imperii ad Francos” and “ad Germanos”, just after the definitive crumbling down of the Roman Empire.  

 

The idea of moving westwards is still alive among Turks. The strong Turkish desire to become a full member of the EU means the will to pour the Anatolian demographic overpopulation into the demographically declining European states and to transform them in Muslim Turkish dominated countries. This statement of mine is not a mean reflection of an incurable “Turkophobic” obsession but is purely and simply derived from an analysis of Erdogan’s speech in Cologne in February 2008. Erdogan urged the Turkish immigration in Germany and in other European countries not to assimilate, as “assimilation is a crime against mankind” because it would wipe out the “Turkishness” of Turkish people, and urged also to create autonomous Turkish communities within the European states, that would welcome the new immigrants by marriage of by so-called “family gathering”. Later Erdogan and Davutoglu threaten to back the Turkish mafias in Europe, would the authorities of the EU postpone once more the admission of Turkey as a full member state. Every serious political personality in Europe has to reject such a project and to struggle against its possible translation into the everyday European reality. A migration flood of totally uneducated workforces into Europe would lead to high joblessness and let the social security systems collapse definitively. It would mean the end of the European civilisation.

 

The Turks are plenty aware of the key position their country has on the world map. Would I be a Turk, I would of course staunchly support Erdogan and Davutoglu. But I am not and cannot identify myself to such an alien vision of geopolitics. I wouldn’t care if all the efforts of the new Turkish geopolitics would be directed towards the Near East, as the Near East needs a hegemonic regional power to get rid of the awful chaos in which it is now desperately squiggling. It wouldn’t perhaps not be so easy for the Turks to become again the hegemonic power in an Arab Near East as conflicts were frequent between Ottomans and Arab nationalists, especially since the end of the 19th Century when Sultan Abdulhamid started a centralisation policy, which was achieved by the strongly nationalist Young Turks in power since 1908. Arab liberal nationalists contended this new Young Turkish nationalist rule, which was not more genuinely Islamic, universal and Imperial-Ottoman but strictly Turkish national, stressing the superiority of the Turks within the Ottoman Empire, reducing simultaneously the Arabs to second-class citizens. The challenging Arab nationalists were severely crushed at the eve of WW1 (public hangings of Arab liberal intellectuals were common in Syrian or Lebanese towns at that time). But a renewed Turkish policy in the Near East cannot in principle collide frontally with the vital and paramount European interests, except of course if it would dominate the Suez Canal zone and control this essential portion of the sea route leading from West Europe to the Far East: one should not forget that the Zionist idea, i. e. the idea of settling Jews in the area between Turkish Anatolia and Mehmet Ali’s successful Egypt of the first half of the 19th Century, that was supported by France, was an idea shaped in the late 1830s in the English press and not in the mind of Rabbis in Eastern European ghettos. The idea had already been evoked by Prince Charles de Ligne during the war between the Ottoman Empire and the coalition of Russia and Austria in the 1780s as a means to weaken the Turks and to create a focal point of troubles on another front, far from the Balkans, Crimea and the Caucasus; Napoleon wanted also to settle Jews in Palestine in order to prevent a future Turkish domination in the Suez area, as the French at that time, by supporting the Mameluks of Egypt against their Turkish masters, already had the intention to dig a canal between the Mediterranean and the Red Sea. Zionism is also not a genuine ideology born in Jewish ghettos but an idea forged artificially by the British to use the Jews as mere puppets. This role of Israel as a simple puppet state explains also why the relationship between Turkey and Israel are worsening now as the renewed Ottoman diplomacy of Davutoglu induces the Turkish state to resume his previous influences in the Arab Near East or Fertile Crescent. This could lead to a complete reverse of alliances in the region: voices in the United States are pleading for a new Iranian-American tandem between Mesopotamia and the Indus River which would fade or dim the usual alliance between Ankara, Washington and Tel Aviv. Such a shift would be as important as the Nixon-Kissinger renewed diplomacy of 1971-72, when suddenly China, the former “rogue state”, turned instantaneously to be the best ally of the States. It would also rule out many oversimplifying ideologists who have opted for cartoonlike pro-Zionist, pro-Palestinian (or pro-Hamas or pro-Hizbollah) or pro-Iranian positions in order to support either a Western Alliance or an Anti-Western/Anti-American coalition on the international chessboard. Things might or even may be completely turned upside down within a single decade. The Anti-American pro-Iranian ideologist of today may become a pro-Zionist Anti-American tomorrow if he wants to remain Anti-American and if he is not turned still crazier by the crumbling down of his too schematic worldview as many Western Maoists did in the 1970s, when their former anti-American anti-imperialist perorations coined on the Chinese model of Mao’s cultural revolution became totally outdated and preposterous once Kissinger had forged an alliance with communist China, that wasn’t ready anymore to support Maoist zealots and puppets in the Western world. Indeed, the United States would better than now contain Russia, China and India in case of a renewed alliance with Teheran. And using the quite wide influence sphere of the “Iranian civilization” (as the former Shah used to say), they could extend more easily their preponderance in Central Asia, in the Fertile Crescent, in Lebanon (with the Shiite minority armed by the Hizbollah) and in the Gulf where Shiite minorities are important. But Iran would then become a too powerful ally, exactly like China, the new ally of 1972, does. And before Iran would become a new China and develop naval capacities in the Gulf and in the Oman Sea, i. e. in one of the main areas of the Indian Ocean, like China wants to control entirely the Southern Chinese Sea in the Pacific, Europe would have to unite with Russia and India to contain a pro-American Iran! Stephen Kinzer, former “New York Times” bureau chief in Turkey, celebrated analyst of Iran’s turmoil in 1953 (the Mossadegh case) and International relations teacher at Boston University, pleads in his very recent book “Reset Middle East” for a general alliance on the Near East, Middle East and South Asian rimlands between Turks, Iranians and Americans (which would include also Pakistan and so re-establish the containing bolt that the Bagdad Treaty formerly was). When you are interested in geopolitics you should have fine observing skills and foresee all possible shifts in alliances that could occur in a very near future. It is also obvious that if Washington continues to treat Teheran as a “rogue state”, the Iranians will be compelled to play the game with Russia that remains nevertheless historically a foe of the Persians. Each Russian-Persian tandem would split in its very middle the rimland’s room that was organised by the Bagdad Treaty of the Fifties and give the Russians indirectly a broad “window” on the Indian Ocean, which is a state of things totally contrary to the principles settled by Homer Lea in 1912 and since then cardinal to all the Anglo-Saxon sea powers.  

 

The relationship with the United States is a quite complex one. Two main ideas must be kept in mind if you want to understand our position:

1)       Like the British historian Christopher Hill brilliantly demonstrated in his books “The World Turned Upside Down – Radical Ideas During the English Revolution” and “Society and Puritanism in Pre-Revolutionary England”, the core ideas that lead to the foundation of the British Thirteen Colonies in the Northern part of the New World was “dissidence” in front of all the European political systems inherited from the past. Later Clifford Longley in “Chosen People – The Big idea that Shapes England and America” produced an very accurate historical analysis of this Biblical idea of a Chosen People that leads Britons and Americans to perceive themselves not as a particular people of the European Caucasian family but as a “lost tribe of Israel”. Longley explains us that state of affairs by writing that Britons and Americans don’t have an identity, as other European people have, but thinks that they have a particular destiny, i. e. to build an aloof “New Jerusalem” and not a concrete defensive Empire of the European people, that would be born out of the genuine historical traditions of the subcontinent and simultaneously the legitimate, syncretic, Continental and Insular (Britain, Ireland, Sicily, Crete, Cyprus, etc.) heir of the Roman Empire and of the medieval Holy Roman Empire of the German Nation. The very idea of incarnating a “New Jerusalem” leads to despise the “non chosen”, even if they are akin people having importantly contributed to the ethno-genesis of the English or American nation (Dutch, Flemings, Northern Germans as Hanovrian or Low Saxons, Danes and Norwegians). Kevin Phillips, former Republican strategist in the United States and political commentator in leading American papers, in his fascinating book “American Theocracy – The Peril and Politics of Radical Religion, Oil and Borrowed Money in the 21st Century”, criticizes the new political theology induced by the several Bush’s Administrations between 2000 and 2008, that have bereft the Republicans from the last remnants of traditional diplomacy, leading to what he calls an “Erring Republican Majority”. Indeed each chosen people’s theology introduced in the events of the international chessboard destroys all the traditional ways of practising diplomacy, as surely as French Sans-Culottes’ Republicanism or Bolshevism did or Islam Fundamentalism does. Europe, as a continent that has a long memory, cannot admit a scheme that rejects vehemently all the heritages of the past to replace them by mere artificial myths, that were moreover imported from the Near East in Roman times and have received a still faker interpretation in the decades just after Reformation.

 

2)       The second main fact of history to keep in mind in order to understand the complex Euro-American relationship is the effect the Monroe Doctrine had on the international chessboard from the second quarter of the 19th Century onwards. In principle the Monroe Doctrine aimed at preventing European interventions in the New World or the Western Hemisphere as the Spanish “creole” countries had rebelled against Madrid and gained their independence and as the British had burnt Washington in 1812, after having invaded the States from Canada, and the Russians were still formally in California and Alaska. Monroe feared a general intervention of the “Pentarchy” powers everywhere in the new World that would have prevented the former Thirteen Colonies to develop and would synchronously have choked any attempt to rise as a Northern American continental and bi-oceanic power. Indeed the young Northern American Republic faced at that time a huge Eurasian block that seemed definitively indomitable, with British room projections in India and Southern Africa. The American historian Dexter Perkins in his book “Hands off: A History of the Monroe Doctrine” (1955) explains us that President Monroe got the audacity to challenge the European/Eurasian block at a time when the United States couldn’t actually assert any well-grounded power on the international chessboard. Monroe’s bold affirmation created US power in the world, simply because a pure will, expressed in plain words, can really anticipate actual power, be the very first step towards it. It is not a simple matter of chance that Carl Schmitt stressed the uttermost importance of the Monroe Doctrine in the genesis of the geopolitical shape of present-day world. Jordis von Lohausen says in his book “Mut zur Macht” that if Monroe wanted to preserve the New World from any European intervention, he wanted simultaneously to keep this New World for the USA themselves as sole hegemonic power. But if the New World is united under the leadership of Washington, it must control the other banks of the Oceans in a way or another to prevent any concentration of power able to disturb US hegemony or to regain authority in Latin America, be it directly political (like during the attempt of Maximilian of Hapsburg to create a European-dominated Empire in Mexico in 1866-67 with the support of France, Belgium, Spain and Austria) or indirectly by trade and economical means (as Germany did just before the two World Wars). So in the end effect, the Monroe Doctrine implies that the United States have to control the shores of Western Europe and of Morocco and the ones of Japan, China, Indochina and the Philippines in order to survive a the main superpower in the world.

 

The critical attitude we always have developed in front of the US American fact derives from these two core ideas. We cannot accept a Biblical ideology refusing to take into account our real roots and reducing all the institutions generated by our history to worthless rubbish. We can neither accept an affirmation of power that denies us the right to be ourselves a power on political, military and cultural levels. Would America get rid of the former British dissident ideology and adopt the principles of continental autarky, as Lawrence Dennis taught to do, there wouldn’t be any problem anymore. It would even be of great benefit for the US American population itself.

 

In your many articles you have exhibited an impressive knowledge of European thinkers from Hamsun and Evola to Spengler and Schmitt. Do you consider some of them more important, and a good starting-point for the pro-European individual?

 

The study of our “classical” heritage of authors is a must if we want to create a real alternative worldview (“Weltanschauung”). Moreover, Evola, Spengler and Schmitt are more linked to each other than we would imagine at first glance. Evola is not only the celebrated traditional thinker who is worldwide known as such. He was an intrepid alpinist who climbed the Northern wall of the Lyskamm in the Alps. His ashes were buried in the Lyskamm glacier by his follower Renato del Ponte after he had been cremated in Spoleto (a town that remained true to Emperor Frederick Hohenstaufen) after his death in 1974. Evola was a Dadaist at the very beginning of his career as an artist, a thinker and a traditionalist. His was totally involved in the art avant-gardes of his time, as he himself declared during a very interesting television interview in French language that you can watch now on your internet screen via “you tube” or “daily motion”. This position of him was deduced from a thorough rejection of Western values as they had degenerated during the 18th and 19th Centuries. We have to get rid of them in order to be “reborn”: the Futurists thought we ought to perform promptly this rejection project in order to create a complete new world owing absolutely nothing to the past; the Dadaists thought the rejection process should happen by mocking the rationalist and positivist bigotry of the “stupid 19th Century” (as Charles Maurras’ companion Léon Daudet said). Evola after about a decade thought such options, as throwing rotten tomatoes at scandalized bourgeois’ heads or as exhibiting an urinal as if it was a masterwork of sculpture, were a little childish and started to think about an exploration of “the World of Tradition” as it expressed itself in other religions such as Hinduism, the Chinese Tao Te King, the first manifestations of Indian Buddhism (“the Awakening Doctrine”), the Upanishads and Tantric Yoga. For the European tradition, Evola studied the manifestations and developed a cult of Solar Manly Tradition being inspired in this reasoning by Bachofen’s big essay on matriarchal myth (“Mutterrecht”). Thanks to the triumph of the Solar Tradition, a genuine Traditional Europe could awaken on the shores of the Mediterranean and especially in the Romanized part of the Italic peninsula, invaded by Indo-European tribes having crossed the Alps just before the Celts did after them. Besides, he was the translator of Spengler and reviewed a lot of German books written by authors belonging to what Armin Mohler called the “Konservative Revolution”. In Italy Evola is obviously very well known, even in groups or academic work teams that cannot be considered as “conservative-revolutionist”, but the role he played as a conveyer of German ideas into his own country is often neglected outside Italy. But still today people rediscover in Latin countries figures of the German “Konservative Revolution” through the well-balanced reviews Evola once published in a lot of intellectual journals from the 1920s to the 1960s. As his comments on these books and publications were very well displayed on didactical level, he can also be still very helpful to us today.

 

Evola was also a diplomat trying to link again to Italy the countries having belonged to the Austrian-Hungarian empire. He was active in Prague, in Vienna (a City he loved) and in Budapest. He also had contacts with the Romanian Iron Guard, which he admired as a kind of citizens’ militia controlling severely the bends of petty politics limping towards corruption and “kleptocracy”. Even if he was mobilized when he was still a very young man as an artillery officer in the Italian army during WW1, Evola disapproved the war waged against traditional Austria and didn’t agree with the Futurists, d’Annunzio and Mussolini who were hectic interventionist warmongers. He was aware that the destruction of the Holy Roman Imperial Tradition in the centre of Europe would be a catastrophe for European culture and civilization. And it was indeed a catastrophe that we still can grasp today: a contemporary author like Claudio Magris, born in Trieste, explains it very well in his books, especially in “Danube”, a kind of nostalgic travelogue, written during peregrinations from one place to another in this lost Empire of former times, now torn into many scattered pieces belonging to thirteen different countries.

 

Carl Schmitt in several books or articles expresses the nostalgia of a kind of “Empire’s secret Chamber” regulating the general policy of a “greater room” (“Grossraum”): for him the members of such a Chamber, if it ever becomes reality, would find inspiration from Bachofen’s ideas and their interpretations, from Spengler pessimistic decay philosophy and from the analyses of all possible teams devoted to geopolitics (Haushofer and others). Carl Schmitt just as Evola was also deeply interested in art avant-gardes.

 

My interest for Hamsun comes from the implicit anthropology you find in his works: the real man is a peasant running an estate. He is free: what he owns is his own production; he is never defined or bound by others, i. e. by alien capitalists or by State’s servants or by foreign rulers or by the eager members of a ruling and crushing party (Orwell’s pigs in “Animal Farm”). The general urbanization process that started in the historical cities of Europe (especially Paris, London and Berlin) and in the new hectic cities of the United States lead to the emerging of an enslaved mankind, unable to coin its own destiny with the only help of his own inner and physical forces. Spengler and Eliade both say also that true mankind is incarnated in the “eternal peasant”, who is the only type of man that can generate genuine religion. David Herbert Lawrence’s most important book for us is without any doubt “Apocalypse”: this English author laments the disappearing of “cosmic forces” in man’s life, due to the bias inaugurated by Reformation, Deism (mocked by Jonathan Swift), 18th Century Enlightenment and political extremism derived from the blueprints (Burke) of the French Revolution. Man became gradually detached from the cosmic frame in which he was embedded since ever. He’s lost also all his links to the natural communities in which he was born, like the poor immigrant Hamsun was in Chicago or Detroit, limping from one miserable job to another, bereft of all youth friends and family members. The cosmic frame Lawrence was talking about receives a comprehensive and understandable translation for the humble in the aspect of a religious liturgy and calendar (or almanac), expressing symbolically the rhythms of nature in which each man or woman lives. Although Flanders has been urbanized since the Middle Ages and had important industrial cities like Bruges and Ghent, the anthropological ideal of the 19th Century romantic or realist Flemish literature is the one of the independent peasant (“Baas Gansendonck” in Hendrik Conscience’s novel, the unfortunate and stubborn Father figure in Stijn Streuvels’ “Vlaschaard”, the heroes of Ernst Claes’ and Felix Timmermans’ rural novels and short stories, etc.). In Russian literature too, the rural element of the population is perceived as doomed under any communist or Westernized regime but simultaneously perceived as the only force able to redeem Russia from its horrible past. Solzhenitsyn pleaded for a general liberation of the Russian peasantry in order to restore the Ukrainian “Corn Belt” in the “Black Earth” area, giving Russia back the agricultural advantages it potentially had before the total destruction of the “Kulaks” by the Bolsheviks.

 

But we can talk for hours and hours, write full pages of interpretations of our common literary heritage; I cannot answer your question thoroughly as it would need writing a good pile of books. Let us conclude by saying Tradition or literary “ruralism” (be it Flemish, Scandinavian or Russian) are good things provided you don’t remain glued into it. Futurism is a dynamic necessity also, especially in societies like ours, where the countryside isn’t the only life frame anymore. Marinetti and more recently Guillaume Faye stressed the fact that in order to be able to compete on the international chessboard we have the imperious task to get rid of archaisms. But if Faye is obviously more futurist that “archaist”, I plead for a good balance between immemorial past and audacious future (like Claes did in his marvellously filmed novel “Mira”, in which a backward rural community refuses the building of a bridge that would link the village to the next important town; the young sensual prostitute Mira, treated as a witch by the village bigots, having just come back from Paris, where she was on the game, falls in love with the handsome engineer, the bridge is built and the village dwellers linked to the rest of the people’s community without abandoning their roots – the ideal balance between past and future, between demure morality and forgiven sin, is realised). To put it in realistic arguments: we need both a sound rural population (crushed nowadays by the EU-ukases) and a high tech engineering elite (able to create super-weapons) to become a re-born superpower, which would not be unnecessarily aggressive or feverish  “imperialist” (in the bad sense of the word), but calmly civilian (Zaki Laïdi) and simply powerful by its plain presence in the world. Mentally, we, as the forerunners of the needed “new teams” in present-day messy and derelict Europe, should be real and staunch “archeo-futurists”, mastering our roots and planning boldly our future. The rest is only mean and petty trifles.    

(Answers given in Forest-Flotzenberg, March 2011). 

Le néo-libéralisme et la domestication de l'homme

Le néo-libéralisme et la domestication de l’homme

par Pierre LE VIGAN

270px-20050112-hayek.jpgLe néo-libéralisme est la « nouvelle raison du monde ». C’est le nouveau principe ordonnateur du monde. Pourtant, la crise financière de 2008 a pu au contraire laisser  croire que ce libéralisme débridé avait fait son temps. Nous assisterions au retour de l’État. Or la réalité est tout autre. L’État n’a jamais été absent, et le néolibéralisme a justement été un libéralisme appuyé sur l’État, et même l’organisation du marché par l’État. Un marché encore parfois concurrentiel pour les secteurs les moins importants mais surtout oligopolistique. Si l’idéologie de la naturalité du marché perdure (illustrée par un Alain Minc), elle est contrecarrée par une autre idéologie qui sait parler, notamment avec Nicolas Sarkozy, du retour de l’État et du besoin de régulation.

Dans les deux cas, l’objectif est toutefois le même. Quelle que soit la rhétorique utilisée, il s’agit de garantir et renforcer les profits, et la domination de l’hyperclasse adossée à l’argent-roi. C’est pourquoi les discours de Sarkozy sur le « retour de l’État » n’ont empêché nullement qu’il poursuive la privatisation de la Poste ou la réduction du nombre de fonctionnaires, y compris dans la police malgré la criminalité croissante. « L’État ne succède pas au marché tout simplement parce que l’État a en réalité toujours été là, parce qu’il n’a pas un instant cessé, comme Marx l’avait d’ailleurs en son temps souligné, d’être un levier puissant destiné à briser les obstacles de toute nature au processus de l’accumulation du capital », écrivent Pierre Dardot et Christian Laval. Quand l’État intervient, il s’agit de sauver le capitalisme financier. C’est cela la nouvelle raison d’être de l’État « néo-libéral », nouvelle raison du monde qui s’impose à toute la société.

Il y a deux façons d’analyser le nouveau rôle de l’État dans le soutien et le réagencement de l’hyper-capitalisme. On peut insister sur les continuités entre le libéralisme classique et ses formes nouvelles, notamment au regard de la permanence du discours des droits, essentiellement des « droits de l’homme », et de l’extension indéfinie de ceux-ci. C’est en partie le point de vue de Marcel Gauchet (La crise du libéralisme, tome 2 de L’avènement de la démocratie, Gallimard, 2008).

On peut au contraire insister sur les nouveautés, sur l’esprit libéral-libertaire qui n’empêche pas une « policiarisation » croissante, indépendante du nombre même de fonctionnaires de police et basée sur la vidéo-surveillance, le fichage et flicage généralisé de la vie. C’est l’approche de Luc Boltanski et Ève Chiapello (Le nouvel esprit du capitalisme, Gallimard, 1999) qui montrent qu’après le fordisme et ses compromis, le capitalisme veut désormais l’engagement de chacun au service de la mobilité, de la fluidité, et par l’adhésion intime de tous à la logique de l’entreprise.  Une thèse qui prend le relais du célèbre livre de Daniel Bell sur Les contradictions culturelles du capitalisme (1976).

Les deux approches ne sont pas exclusives l’une de l’autre. L’important est que ce nouvel esprit du capitalisme se traduit par l’intériorisation d’une nouvelle « gouvernementalité » (Michel Foucault) c’est-à-dire par des normes de conduite intériorisés par chacun d’entre nous. Le capitalisme nous dote d’un nouveau surmoi. C’est « une certaine mise en ordre de la conduite effective des sujets sociaux », notent Pierre Dardot et Christian Laval. C’est pourquoi le « néo-libéralisme » n’est pas seulement l’héritier du libéralisme classique. Il porte plus loin son ambition. Le libéralisme classique voulait fixer des limites à l’action des gouvernements. Les limites étaient à la fois les « droits » des individus, y compris le droit d’exploiter autrui, elles étaient le marché en tant qu’ordre « naturel », et elles étaient enfin la logique de l’utilité et de l’intérêt, opposée aux logiques altruistes ou communautaires.

Or le libéralisme renforcé ou « néo-libéralisme » vise à organiser l’ensemble de la société autour de la logique du marché, de l’État jusqu’à l’individu, et avec l’ambition de faire intérioriser par chacun cette logique. Comme l’avait bien vu Karl Polanyi, le marché n’est pas naturel, c’est une construction sociétale. Il n’est pas seulement l’échange, qui a toujours existé, mais la concurrence. Le néo-libéralisme voit l’État et le gouvernement lui-même comme une entreprise privée gérant l’entreprise France, ou la filiale France de l’entreprise Europe, elle-même segment d’une économie-monde. C’est pourquoi la logique du néo-libéralisme consiste à étendre cette logique de l’entreprise à l’individu et à toutes ses relations, à coloniser le monde vécu avec l’axiomatique de l’intérêt (Alain Caillé) et de l’utilité (« qu’est-ce que cela va me rapporter ? »).

Cette individualisation portée à l’extrême de l’idéologie de l’intérêt et de la performance aboutit à la fin de la possibilité même de la démocratie par dissipation chimique du peuple. Il ne reste que l’individu et la démocratie est même suspecte d’être porteuse d’une « tyrannie de la majorité ». Ce qui explique les thèmes très contemporains de la critique des « populismes » et la valorisation de toutes les minorités, visibles ou non. L’idée de souveraineté du peuple est invalidée par le néo-libéralisme. Friedrich Hayek écrivait en ce sens : « Un peuple libre n’est pas nécessairement un peuple d’hommes libres. » Ce qui ne saurait faire oublier qu’il n’y a pas d’homme libre dans un peuple qui ne l’est pas – ce qui est justement le point aveugle de la théorie néo-libérale. Les thèmes néo-libéraux de primauté des droits de l’individu sur ceux du peuple ne sont pas autre chose que la formulation d’une critique radicale de l’idée même de démocratie comme souveraineté du peuple. Ces thèmes aboutissent à reconnaître un droit de sécession de chacun par rapport à la société. Ce qui est la porte ouverte aussi bien à l’évasion fiscale qu’à la rupture du lien social.

La célébration de la modernité par le néo-libéralisme s’oppose à un certain conservatisme idéologique mais n’est pas plus contradictoire avec celui-ci que ne l’est un keynésianisme de circonstance. Il s’agit toujours d’amener l’homme à se gérer comme une entreprise, ce qui est parfaitement compatible avec un discours « libertaire » sur l’autonomie et les mœurs mais n’exclut pas un discours plus traditionnel sur les valeurs de l’effort pour un segment plus conservateur de l’électorat.

C’est Saint-Simon (1760 – 1825) qui a été l’un des premiers à parler de substituer au gouvernement des hommes l’administration des choses. Cette idée avait séduit Engels, et on la retrouve dans un certain marxisme français « simplifié », dans la lignée du « mécanicisme » des Lumières. Alain de Benoist a parfaitement montré dans sa « Brève histoire de l’idée de progrès » comment ce mécanicisme des Lumières pouvait rencontrer un organicisme naturalisant l’homme qui ne relèverait plus d’une gouvernance mais d’une simple administration. Or la voie de Saint-Simon est une voie erronée. C’est en fait une voie technocratique qui aboutit à la domestication de l’homme.

À l’inverse, si Rousseau ne règle pas toutes les questions en disant qu’il faut obéir aux lois issues de la volonté générale, il n’en ouvre pas moins le chemin à la démocratie comme souveraineté du peuple. Mais la volonté qui s’élabore dans la délibération du peuple n’a de sens que si l’imaginaire de chacun a cessé d’être colonisé par la marchandise et la recherche exclusive de l’intérêt.

Le souci de soi, notait Michel Foucault, relève avant tout d’un « art de la vie », et même d’une ascèse, exercice de l’ordre d’un athlétisme de l’âme. Il n’était à cet égard sans doute pas très éloigné de Julius Evola. C’est pourquoi, sans mésestimer les bienfaits de la révolte, ni sa légitimité, c’est aussi et peut-être surtout une contre-culture, une contre-conduite, une autre éthique de la conduite de soi dans le monde, qu’il faut opposer à la raison néo-libérale du monde hypercapitaliste. Ce n’est pas la crise financière qui enterrera le capitalisme, ce sera peut-être l’émergence en chacun d’entre nous d’une autre vision du monde.

Pierre Le Vigan

- Pierre Dardot et Christian Laval, La nouvelle raison du monde. Essai sur la société néo-libérale, La Découverte, coll. « Poche », 498 p., 13 €.

- Cet article est paru dans Flash, n° 52, du 4 novembre 2010. Il a été brièvement remanié pour Europe Maxima.


Article printed from Europe Maxima: http://www.europemaxima.com

URL to article: http://www.europemaxima.com/?p=1774

The Spinoza Strategy

The Spinoza Strategy

Signal Left, Turn Right

arton725.jpgChallenging orthodoxy has always been a dangerous affair. The alternative Right often complains about the character assassinations, censorship, and name-calling we experience writing about race and culture, but if we take a step back for a moment and consider the persecution suffered by those who challenged the religious orthodoxy, our struggle seems far less severe. Burnings at the stake, beatings in the street, and public executions were but a few of the tactics employed by the Church to silence those who questioned the unquestionable. Perhaps then, it would behoove us to take a closer look at the strategy of those who successfully challenged—and eventually defeated—religious orthodoxy under these life-threatening conditions. We may dislike much about the world that arose in the aftermath of the Enlightenment, but we can still admire and learn from the strategy employed by its early partisans.

A good place to begin would be Baruch Spinoza (1632-1677), who is considered by many political theorists to be the father of modern liberal democracy. Surrounded by controversy throughout much of his life, Spinoza was one of the most radical philosophers of the modern period. He possessed a remarkable talent for provoking people to question the unquestionable, but his willingness to challenge all forms of religious particularism would eventually result in his excommunication from the Jewish community in 1656. Such a punishment seemed entirely justified in the eyes of 19th-century Jewish philosophers like Hermann Cohen. The 20th-century political philosopher Leo Strauss (1899-1973) came to Spinoza’s defense, however, in his Spinoza’s Critique of Religion, in which he wrote that much of the hostile condemnation directed towards Spinoza was caused by a misunderstanding of his thought and strategy. Strauss believed that in a world dominated by the Church, attacking Judaism was a shrewd way for Spinoza to lay siege to Christianity.

This article will briefly outline Spinoza’s philosophy and evaluate Cohen’s moral critique of Spinoza from the Straussian perspective. What will ultimately emerge from this investigation is a broader view of philosophy at the highest level, where the means of delivery are as important as the message being delivered. Such a lesson should be invaluable to the Alternative Right, which desires to challenge the dominant orthodoxy of egalitarianism, anti-racism, and political correctness.

If subterfuge is the name of the game, then Spinoza was truly one its masters.

The starting point of Spinoza’s philosophy is that man is ultimately responsible for his own fate. He rejected the belief of Maimonides (1135-1204) that God was a rational being, arguing instead that if God were truly omnipotent, then God would have the power to be exactly what he wanted to be (rational, arational, or otherwise). And if God could recreate himself, then so could man, which meant Spinoza also rejected the concept of evil because “the evil passions are evil only with a view to human utility . . . ” In other words, the things men considered to be wicked or immoral were merely problems that could be managed and eventually overcome. Spinoza’s ardent belief in progress and the potential of men to correct the evils of human behavior would ultimately lay the groundwork for the modern liberal state, but he could only do this, as Strauss demonstrates, by showing “the way toward a new religion or religiousness which was to inspire a wholly new kind of society, a new kind of Church.” To accomplish this task, Spinoza wrote his Theologico-Politcal Treatise in which he used a bait-and-switch technique of attacking Judaism… in order to lead his Christian readers into a general critique of all religions.

The Jewish philosopher Hermann Cohen (1842–1918) strongly opposed the work of Spinoza and charged him with conceiving of the state entirely in terms of power politics, divorced from religion and morality, thus rendering the state above religion. Cohen also indicted Spinoza for denying that the God of Israel was the God of all mankind and for reducing Jewish religion to a doctrine of the Jewish state. The former was blasphemy and the latter served to diminish the Torah to human origin, both of which rendered Spinoza blind to biblical prophecy and hence to the core of Judaism. Cohen also believed Spinoza’s critique of the Jewish religion to be ripe with contradictions. For instance, it made little sense to single out the Mosaic Law as the suppressing force of philosophy when it was unclear that Jesus Christ himself championed the freedom of philosophy. But what may have incensed Cohen the most about Spinoza’s Treatise was the claim that Mosaic Law was particularistic and tribal and served no other end than the earthly or political felicity of the Jewish nation. In this regards, the moral implications of Spinoza’s religious transgressions were far less damning than his disloyalty to the Jewish people. Cohen believed Spinoza deserved excommunication because he gave comfort and aid to the enemies of the Jews by first idealizing Christianity and then indulging in every Christian prejudice against Judaism.

The vitriol with which Cohen condemned Spinoza was impressive and should be all too familiar to members of the alternative Right. He regarded the defector’s behavior as “unnatural” and a “humanly incomprehensible act of treason.” To act this way, Spinoza must have been a disturbed man “possessed by an evil demon.” Cohen’s criticism is reminiscent of the frequent diatribes against “racists” as vile and mentally deformed creatures in need of sensitivity training if not medication.

Leo Strauss’s interpretation of Spinoza’s behavior discounted the self-hating Jew explanation and suggested that Cohen had not paid “sufficient attention to the harsh necessity to which Spinoza bowed by writing in the manner in which he wrote.” Heresy and blasphemy of Christianity were offenses punishable by death, which deterred most philosophers from directly challenging the Church. Jews in particular felt this intimidation because they were haunted by the experience of the Spanish Inquisition.

But Strauss did not believe the deterrent factor alone explained Spinoza’s decision to single out Judaism. Instead, Spinoza seemed to be employing a carefully thought-out strategy to reach a wider audience with a message that could be absorbed, internalized, and expanded upon . . . that would lead his audience towards a greater truth. Put bluntly, Spinoza’s purpose was to show mankind the way towards a liberal society and his strategy was one of subterfuge.

Spinoza was writing for a devoted Christian audience and thus had to modify his message accordingly. This meant playing off their anti-Semitic prejudices and urging them to free “spiritual Christianity from all carnal Jewish relics,” like the resurrection of the body. By making the Old Testament the scapegoat for everything he found objectionable in Christianity, Spinoza presented his general argument against religious particularism in a form that was palatable to Christians.  To be clear, his disparagement of Judaism and the Mosaic Law was not insincere. Spinoza was striving to create a new universal religion for both Jews and Christians, and he also believed Jews had more to overcome to get there, since, as Strauss relates, “Moses’ religion is a political law” and “to adhere to his religion as he proclaimed it is incompatible with being the citizen of any other state.” Cohen’s misunderstanding was to think that Spinoza wanted the eradication of religious devotion to end with Judaism. In other words, he failed to follow Spinoza’s thought that freedom of philosophy required a liberal state that was neither Christian nor Jewish. The Jews may have had to be liberated from Judaism—but the Christians also had to be liberated from Christianity.

In the Introduction to Persecution and the Art of Writing, Strauss gives an excellent accounting of this argumentation style as it was advocated by the Islamic philosopher Farabi. Farabi (c. 872—950) said that when Socrates was confronted with the decision to conform to what he held to be false opinions and the wrong ways of life of his fellow citizens, he stubbornly chose nonconformity—and was punished with death. Farabi believed this may have been the suitable choice in dealing with the elite, but it was ill-advised to attempt this approach with the vulgar. Dealings with the common man required a strategy styled on Plato, that is, gradually replacing accepted opinions with the truth, or an approximation of the truth—changing minds by provisionally accepting conventional wisdom. More specifically, and as it applies to the Spinoza example, Farabi believed that “conformity with the opinions of the religious community in which one is brought up is a necessary qualification for the future philosopher.”

The strategy outlined above should not be understood simply in terms of avoiding persecution, because what is really at issue here may be the best method of philosophy. If you want to reach the most people with your message in a way that you can actually change their minds about something, the new truth you are presenting cannot flagrantly contradict their sacrosanct beliefs. In other words, when challenging orthodoxy in any form, it is always prudent to signal left before turning right. Appearing loyal and loving to what is already loved—and then transforming it from within—is far more effective than challenging it head-on. This is philosophy at the highest level, where the means of delivery are as important as the message being delivered.

It should be of particular interest to the alternative Right that signaling one way and turning the other was the strategy used by the egalitarians when they convinced the Western World to embrace racial equality. Had the Boas Cult simply declared the racial beliefs of Western Man to be immoral and completely unfounded, their arguments would have fallen on deaf ears. What they did instead was moderate their position with the claim that all perceived inequalities among the races were caused by variances in culture. This concession earned Boas and his followers the trust of their target audience because it soothed Western Man’s pride, conformed to his prejudices, and did not encumber him with charges of racial injustice. Cultural inequality actually placed the burden of responsibility on minorities who needed to get their act together by adopting Western Man’s superior way of life. Boas and his followers probably never really believed this, but they had to make a tactical settlement in order to be heard, which is to say, they had to appear loyal to Western Civilization before they could get any traction challenging its long-held assumption of racial inequality. What followed next is well known to most readers of AlternativeRight.com…

What the alternative Right can learn from Spinoza—and Boas—is a strategy of subterfuge. If we desire to reach audiences beyond the readers of this website, then we must understand, as Spinoza and Boas did, that the gradual replacement of accepted opinions has to be accompanied by a provisional acceptance of the conventional wisdom of our time. In other words, we must be willing to signal left before turning right. Only then will we be able to reach wider audiences in a way that might provoke them to question the unquestionable.

It is probably asking a lot of alternative Right writers to appear loyal to, let alone adoring of, the gods of multiculturalism, diversity, and egalitarianism, but employing such a strategy when writing for politically correct audiences would be far more effective than directly challenging orthodoxy. One such tactic might be to support some of the ideals of egalitarianism and then show how they are contradicted by others. For example, if the intention of multiculturalism is to preserve the unique cultural identity of various racial elements in this country, then we could argue that what is really happening is the destruction of diversity by the merging and watering down of cultures into unrecognizable forms. As “true” proponents of diversity, we would be taking the moral high ground in claiming that minority cultures are under siege by “universalism” and “McDonald-ization” and that their preservation can only be achieved through the separation of cultures, not blending them together into a homogenous blob. This form of attack would be far more palatable to mainstream audiences than directly confronting multiculturalism with charges of reverse racism. We could make the corollary claim that multiculturalism itself is ethnocentric in its origins—i.e. it was invented by White people—and oppressive to minority groups that did not develop a similar ideological standpoint on their own.

Unfortunately, emphasizing the inherent conflict between multiculturalism and diversity may not always work, since actual global diversity is being preserved by non-Western countries that do not tolerate immigration or cultural diffusion. The only culture that is actually being destroyed by multiculturalism is Western culture, a consequence unlikely to concern most readers of the mainstream press who believe America, the “proposition nation” united by creed, has been spared the backwards ideology of racial identity. Nevertheless, an argument that multiculturalism is oppressive to minorities could have more traction.

Multiculturalism is often claimed to be a philosophy of universalism, but the intolerance its followers have for non-believers is a clear indication of its particularism. Internalizing this conceptual paradox has been unproblematic for most all PC types (truly, accepting irreconcilable ideas seems to go hand-in-hand with orthodoxy.) Forcing nonbelievers to convert to multiculturalism is also comfortably sanctioned because the principal subjects of this oppression are Whites. If, however, we can reframe the discussion in such a way that multiculturalism appears to be an ideology forced on minorities to their own detriment, then the reaction from the politically correct would be far different.

The key to bringing down egalitarianism from the inside could therefore be the vilification of multiculturalism as a ruling-class conspiracy. Similar to Spinoza who played off the anti-Semite prejudices of Christians, so should we play off the prejudices and neurotic suspicions the politically correct have for Whites. This might be done effectively with class-struggle arguments that link multiculturalism with cheap labor and the exploitation of the Third World by evil White capitalists. An even more powerful argument could be made that multiculturalism prevents non-White peoples from achieving their own unique destiny and subordinates them to a decadent White ideology. (This argument also carries the benefit of actually being true.) It is more than likely that similar arguments have already been made by vigilantly obsessed members of the Left who are constantly on guard for “White privilege” in society. We should cite these liberal experts, expand upon their arguments, and contribute as much as we can to the reinterpretation of multiculturalism as a racist ideology.

In other words, to awaken the politically correct from their indoctrinated slumber, we should convincingly accuse them of being guilty of that which they proclaim to be the greatest of sins.

Collapsing the pillar of multiculturalism might not be enough to bring down egalitarianism, but this should be the first step in a protracted campaign of attrition and political subterfuge. For our revolution to be successful, we must be guided by the self-acknowledgement of the weakness of our current position. Tactical settlements have to be made and finding ways to challenge the orthodoxy by signaling left before turning right should become a necessary part of our long-term strategy.

There may come a point, if we are not already there, when egalitarianism becomes so deeply ingrained in our society that it cannot be defeated through outright confrontation. The best way to challenge orthodoxy of this kind will be through its metamorphosis or reshaping. Such a strategy should not be used at places like Alternative Right, a place where we can be honest about our strategies and goals, but we must begin to think beyond our limited reach here and start sending soldiers back into the ranks of the politically correct to bring down the orthodoxy from within.

mardi, 10 mai 2011

Guillaume FAYE: Why We Fight

Winglord
English translation
of "Pourquoi nous combattons" and "Wofür wir kämpfen"
Now available !

Product Description

Identitarians and others making up the European resistance lack a doctrine that truly serves as a political and ideological synthesis of who they are - a doctrine that speaks above parties and sects, above rival sensibilities and wounded feelings, that brings the resistance together around clear ideas and objectives, uniting them in opposition to the Europeans' dramatic decline.
Our people today face the gravest peril in their entire history: demographic collapse, submission to an alien colonisation and to Islam, the bastardisation of the European Union, prostration before American hegemony, the forgetting of our cultural roots, and so on. In the form of an introductory text and a dictionary of 177 key words, Guillaume Faye, one of the most creative writers of the European 'Right', makes a diagnosis of the present situation and proposes a program of resistance, reconquest, and regeneration. He holds out the prospect of a racial and revolutionary alternative to the present decayed civilisation.


The manifesto's principal objective is thus to unify the resistance by developing a common doctrine that unites everyone and every tendency seeking to constitute a European network of resistance - a doctrine that goes beyond the old sectarian quarrels and superficial divisions. All relevant subjects, including politics, economics, geopolitics, demographics, and biology are broached. As it was for the Nineteenth-century Left with Marx's Communist Manifesto, Why We Fight is destined to become the key work for Twenty-first century identitarians. This edition of Why We Fight contains the complete text of the original French edition, as well as additional material that was added for the German edition. Also included is an original Foreword by translator Michael O'Meara, author of New Culture, New Right, as well as a Foreword by Dr. Pierre Krebs, Chairman of the Thule-Seminar in Germany.

Additional Information

Author Guillaume Faye
Full Title Why We Fight: Manifesto for the European Resistance
Binding Softcover
Publisher Arktos
Pages 278
ISBN 978-1-907166-18-1
Language English
Short Description Guillaume Faye's manifesto and ideological dictionary, aimed at the 'European Resistance'. Radical, thought provoking and at times extremely controversial. A book that can't be read without forming an opinion about it.
Table of Contents FOREWORDS
Prophet of the Fourth Age (Dr. Michael O’Meara)
It’s About The Primordial Fire (Dr. Pierre Krebs)
A Note from the Editor

1. PREFACE AND PRECAUTION
Unite on the Basis of Clear Ideas Against the Common Enemy
Beware of False Friends

2. PRELIMINARY ELEMENTS
The Logic of Decline
-Ethnic Colonisation
-The Blocked Society
France or Europe?
Economic Principles
-For Nuclear, Not Petroleum Energy
-The Imposture of the ‘New Economy’
-Toward a Planetary Economic Crisis?

3. STRATEGIC PRINCIPLES
America and Islam Against Europe
The Dangers of European ‘Disarmament’
Notions of the ‘Menace from the South’ and the ‘Domestic Front’
Toward a Eurosiberian Strategic Doctrine: The ‘Giant Hedgehog’ 

4. METAPOLITICAL DICTIONARY
From Aesthetics to Xenophilia

5. CONCLUSION
Why Are We Fighting?

INDEX
About the Author With a doctorate in political science from Paris' Institute of Political Science, the essayist Guillaume Faye was one of the principal theoreticians of the French Nouvelle Droite in the 1970s and '80s prior to his growing sympathy for the identitarian movement. He has also been a journalist at Figaro-Magazine, Paris-Match, Magazine-Hebdo, Valeurs Actuelles, and a radio commentator. For several years he was the editor of J'ai tout compris (I Understood Everything), a private newsletter.

lundi, 09 mai 2011

Die Korruption des Rechts führt zur Tyrannei

Die Korruption des Rechts führt zur Tyrannei

Paul Craig Roberts

Erinnern Sie sich, als der damalige Verteidigungsminister Donald Rumsfeld vor aller Welt erklärte, im Gefängnis in Guantanamo seien »die gefährlichsten, am besten ausgebildeten und bösartigsten Killer weltweit« inhaftiert und dann versicherte, dennoch »behandeln wir diese Leute so, wie es die Genfer Konvention« verlange? Nun wurden die Akten über jeden Gefangenen durch einen Regierungsmitarbeiter an WikiLeaks weitergegeben und sind nun weltweit verfügbar. Sie beweisen über jeden Zweifel hinaus, dass Rumsfeld gelogen hat, ebenso wie Präsident George W. Bush und Vizepräsident Dick Cheney logen, als sie diese Lügen wiederholten.

Mehr: http://info.kopp-verlag.de/hintergruende/geostrategie/paul-craig-roberts/die-korruption-des-rechts-fuehrt-zur-tyrannei.html

dimanche, 08 mai 2011

Christopher Lash et la culture populaire

Christopher Lasch et la culture populaire

par Claude BOURRINET

lasch-1e84a.jpgJean-Claude Michéa, dans le même temps qu’il éclaire de façon érudite et rigoureuse les esprits encore libres de ce temps d’aveuglement généralisé, se fait l’inlassable passeur d’un grand penseur d’outre-Atlantique, Christopher Lasch, plume lucide et caustique, qui prouve que l’Amérique a pu produire, avec les formes les plus abrutissantes de la modernité, la critique qui la nie. Ce travail de présentation d’une réflexion nous a valu de beaux livres, comme La Révolte des élites, ou La Culture du narcissisme, entre autres, que Jean-Claude Michéa a préfacés, de même qu’il nous présente substantiellement un texte, qui fut rédigé en 1981 dans la revue Democracy sous le titre « Mass culture reconsidered », dont la traduction française, parue aux Éditions Climats, adopte celui, hautement significatif, de Culture de masse ou culture populaire ?.

L’opposition entre « masse » et « peuple » a le mérite, plus que le titre anglais, qui évoque une démarche intellectuelle, d’impliquer brutalement le champ politique. Ce qu’elle sous-tend est un engagement profond au service d’une vision que l’on pourrait appelée « républicaine », au sens que la vieille Amérique, celle du XIXe siècle, lui donnait, et qui était encore proche de celle qui était défendue en Europe, mais chargée sans doute de plus d’optimisme. En effet, Lasch, contrairement peut-être à une tradition héritière de l’Ancien Régime, singulièrement en France où les « anti-modernes » étaient richement représentés, a toujours attaché, jusqu’à sa mort, une foi inébranlable dans le combat pour les classes populaires. Et il nous montre comment cet idéal, qui devait rendre la société meilleure, plus solide, plus riche humainement, plus solidaire, avait été trahi par ceux-là mêmes qui en avaient été les hérauts, cette frange « éclairée » de la bourgeoisie, qui porte volontiers un regard paternaliste et condescendant sur ces couches prétendument hostiles aux formes savantes de la culture. Il n’est certes pas inintéressant de connaître certains théoriciens américains de la culture, comme John Dewey, réformateur anti-autoritaire de l’enseignement, Thorstein Veblen, qui louait les effets « émancipateurs » de l’activité industrielle, et bien d’autres, comme Dwight MacDonald, beaucoup plus critiques qu’un Herbert Gans, dont la niaiserie « démocratique » frise l’indigence publicitaire, ou qu’un Randolph Bourne, « précurseur des actuels défenseurs de la conscience ethnique et de la diversité culturelle ».

lasch-the_culture_of_narcissism.jpgDeux volets paraissent se succéder dans ce petit livre, à première vue dissemblables, en tout cas appartenant à des sphères différentes : celui consacré à la culture, en l’occurrence celle que l’on destine, ou que l’on prête aux masses; et celui des médias, de la communication. Mais Christopher Lasch démontre que ces deux vecteurs de la société contemporaine, non seulement détiennent une importance capitale pour le projet qu’entretiennent les élites de contrôler efficacement le corps social, prévenant ainsi la guerre civile, comme l’indique pertinemment Régis Debray, dont le théoricien américain s’inspire parfois, mais aussi sont intimement imbriqués, tant la « culture » est devenue une affaire médiatique, fondée sur la publicité, la posture, l’esbroufe et le vide. Lasch montre même que le combat politique a pris le ton de cette culture de masse, faite d’annonces, de chocs, d’effets de miroirs,  de clowneries (il cite Mark Rudd, Jerry Rubin et Abbie Hoffman, mais nous pourrions tout aussi bien invoquer les noms illustres de la carnavalesque « révolution » de 68, dont certains leaders ont bien fait leurs affaires), et que ce « style » fondé sur la fugacité de l’image et du son s’aligne intégralement sur la vérité marchande du capitalisme contemporain, fait de flux, de conditionnement, de légèreté idiote, et surtout de choix fallacieux, car puérils et grossiers.

L’intérêt de cet écrit vieux de maintenant trente ans, outre qu’il fut perspicace en son temps, n’est pas de nous apprendre l’intrication entre le monde de l’économie et celui d’une culture de masse qui nie toute véritable liberté, et se réduit à des productions uniformes, pauvres et de plus en plus se confondant avec le Diktat mercantile. Les théoriciens de l’individualisation de la dilection artistique revendiquent un démocratisme radical, relativiste et anti-autoritaire, hostile au monde ancien, à tout ce qui relève du passé, égalitarisme dont la gauche s’est fait le champion, contre un prétendu capitalisme patriarcal, misogyne, répressif et étouffeur de créativité. Nous savons maintenant qu’il n’en est rien, et que le capitalisme est le plus formidable destructeur de traditions et d’autorité qui ait existé. Aussi Lasch manie-t-il une ironie roborative, mettant les intentions en face des réalités, la rhétorique « rebelle » avec les résultats dévastateurs d’une politique culturelle qui vise à mettre l’individu face à des désirs indéfinis et à la mesure de ses (pauvres) rêves (comme nous l’enjoignit un slogan fameux de 68). Au lieu de la liberté, l’esclavage; au lieu de la réalisation de soi (autre utopie puérile), le narcissisme et l’auto-congratulation; au lieu d’un monde bâti en commun, une addition d’atomes erratiques mirant leur abîme de misère. L’univers de 1984 s’est imposé, voilant, enfumant, travestissant les valeurs.

Pour autant, Christopher Lasch ne se réclame pas, comme Dwight MacDonald, d’une séparation radicale entre la culture de l’élite et celle des classes populaires, ce qui induirait une forme de ségrégation, et, en définitive, une stérilité générale, travers que l’on constate d’ailleurs chez les théoriciens de l’École de Francfort, Max Horkheimer, T.W. Adorno, lesquels critiquaient la culture populaire au nom de la culture savante (Adorno méprisait le jazz, par exemple); il ne partage pas non plus l’ancienne illusion progressiste d’une « évangélisation » culturelle de peuple, censé végéter dans son obscurantisme indécrottable  et dans ses superstitions malsaines, préjugé issu des Lumières, lesquelles désiraient l’élever à la maturité politique (c’est-à-dire au progrès).

lasch-hardcover-cover-art.jpgLe point crucial de sa réflexion, et son originalité, tiennent à l’analyse de la modernité comme arrachement des racines, des modes d’existence qui étaient liées à une mémoire, un groupe, une classe, et qui se prévalaient d’habitudes, de pensées, d’arts qui devaient autant aux familles qu’aux métiers, dont beaucoup étaient artisanaux, qu’à toutes espèces d’appartenances, celle des amis, des terroirs, des activités de tous ordres, et, plus généralement, aux traits caractéristiques des ensembles dans lesquels la personne se coulait sans s’anéantir. C’est justement ce vivier, cette incalculable, incomparable expérience populaire, cette  richesse multiséculaire, qui ont été  arasés par la gestion bureaucratique et marchande des égos et des pulsions, par une éducation sans caractère, universaliste et mièvre, un traitement technique des besoins et souffrances humains. Les  familles éclatent, les  générations  ne se transmettent plus rien, le nomadisme, vanté par l’hyper-classe, est méthodiquement imposé, les lavages de cerveau sont menés par  la télé et des films idiots, la société de consommation  abaisse et uniformise les goûts, instaure un totalitarisme d’autant plus efficace qu’il sollicite un hédonisme de bas étage. Ces danses, ces chants, cette poésie authentiques des anciennes sociétés rendaient plus libres, plus autonomes et fiers de soi que cette production « artistique » qui ressemble tant aux produits de la publicité, lesquels visent à rendre les cerveaux malléables et les cœurs mélancoliques. Le temps où une véritable création populaire irriguait celle des élites, à charge de revanche, comme on le voit par exemple dans les œuvres de Jean-Sébastien Bach, et précisément dans les grands chefs d’œuvres, semble révolu, détruit complètement par la barbarie marchande.

Claude Bourrinet

• Christopher Lasch, Culture de masse ou culture populaire ?, Éditions Climats, coll. « Documents et essais d’actualité », 2011, 75 p., 7 €.


Article printed from Europe Maxima: http://www.europemaxima.com

URL to article: http://www.europemaxima.com/?p=1960

Ernst Moritz Arndt, jacobin romantique

Ernest Moritz Arndt, jacobin romantique

 

par Guy CLAES

 

ernst_10.jpgErnst Moritz Arndt est la figure essen­tielle du nationalisme romantique allemand. « Je suis né dans le petit peuple proche de la glèbe », écrivait-il en 1819. À son propos, l'éminent historien Diwald (Cf. Vouloir n°8) disait : « Au contraire de presque tous les autres romantiques, le romantique Arndt est issu de ce terreau populaire, de cette glèbe que les ruraux travaillent ; il s'est hissé à l'esprit du romantisme et n'a pas suivi la voie inverse comme les Schlegel, Tieck, Novalis qui sont, eux, partis de l'intellect et de l'esprit pour découvrir les merveilles de la forêt et la joie des fêtes de la moisson ». Arndt est effecti­vement né d'une famille de paysans poméra­niens de l'Ile de Rügen, en 1769, la même année que Napoléon.

 

Aucun de ses ancêtres n'était libre. Son père fut affranchi par son seigneur puis devint inspecteur de ses terres et, enfin, métayer. Son père acquiert suffisamment de moyens pour lui payer un précepteur et l'envoyer au gymnasium de Stralsund. Après avoir quitté cet établissement sur un coup de tête et par dégoût pour l'étroitesse d'esprit petite-bourgeoise rencontrée chez ses condisciples, il étudie la théologie aux universités de Greifswald et d'Iéna. Après cette pose studieuse, il reprend sa vie errante, traverse et visite toute l'Europe, poussé par une soif de connaître la diversité des peuples et des mœurs. Cette vie vagabonde lui donne conscience de son identité d'Alle­mand et le récit de ses expériences vécues sera codifié dans son Geist der Zeit (= L'es­prit du temps) dont l'impact, dans la société, fut finalement plus important que le Discours à la Nation Allemande du philosophe Fichte. Dans cet ouvrage fait de plusieurs volumes, sans prétention philosophique, il y a "flammes et enthou­siasme".

 

Sa prise de conscience identitaire l'oblige à choisir son camp : il sera pour la Prusse de Gneisenau et de Clausewitz et Napoléon sera l'ennemi, le "Satan à la tête de ses troupes de bandits". Il sera l'ennemi mais aussi le modèle à suivre : il faudra faire de l'Allemagne une nation aussi solide que la France, et lui donner une constitution moderne calquée sur les acquis positifs de la Révolu­tion française, acquis revus et corrigés par le Baron von Stein. Arndt sera un "jacobin allemand", un "jacobin romanti­que", les deux termes n'étant pas antinomi­ques dans le contexte de son époque et de sa patrie.

 

En 1818, Arndt, le paysan voyageur, devient professeur d'histoire à Bonn. Son esprit farouchement contestataire lui cause ennui sur ennui. Accusé de "démagogie", il est emprisonné, chassé de sa chaire, relâché sans explications, jamais jugé. À partir de 1822, il ne cessera d'écrire, notamment sur le problème de l'indépendance belge (nous y revien­drons). En 1848, il siège à l'Assemblée Nationale de Francfort pour en être chassé en mai 1849. En 1860, il meurt âgé de 90 ans et un mois.

 

Ces 90 années d'une vie dûment remplie et mise entièrement au service de la cause de son peuple, ont permis à Arndt d'élaborer, avec un vocabulaire clair et limpide que les Français croient rare en Allemagne, la théorie du "jacobinisme romantique". L'anthologie que nous offre la Faksimile-Verlag nous permet de saisir les piliers de cette vision (c'est à coup sûr davantage une vision qu'une théorie sèche et ardue) et de comprendre les racines du nationalisme populaire, non seulement allemand mais propre à tous les pays continentaux de langue germani­que. Le Mouvement Flamand en a été fortement influencé et, dans l'élaboration de son corpus culturel, a tenu compte des écrits enthousiastes d'Arndt à propos de nos provinces, écrits qui ont précédé ceux de Hoffmann von Fallersleben (ajoutons ici qu'Arndt distinguait Wallons, Flamands et Luxembourgeois par la langue mais englobait les trois ethnies dans la sphère des mœurs sociales germani­ques).

 

Né sujet du roi de Suède, Arndt a voulu favoriser l'union des Allemands au sein d'un même État. Son modèle initial fut le modèle suédois. Les Suédois consti­tuaient, disait-il, un vrai peuple ("ein echtes Volk"), conscient, depuis Gustav Adolf, de la valeur des vertus politiques et de la nécessité de protéger le peuple par une structure étatique solide. L'antholo­gie de la Faksimile-Verlag nous dévoile le système d’Arndt : les rouages de sa conception du "Volk", les lois vitales du peuple, le peuple et l'État dans la perspective d'un double combat contre la réaction féodale et le révolutionna­risme de 1789 et les projets pour la consti­tution d'un État "völkisch".

 

L'idée de "Volk" repose sur trois batte­ries de définitions : empiriques, métaphy­siques et politiques. Sur le plan empiri­que, tout observateur décèlera l'existen­ce tangible et concrète de spécificités ethno-culturelles, de folklores immémo­riaux, de réseaux de liens communautai­res, d'us et de coutumes ancestrales. Sur le plan métaphysique, le "Volk" est le réceptacle d'une unicité idéelle, d'une religiosité particulière que rien ni personne ne saurait rendre interchangeable. Sur le plan politique, le "Volk" est une volon­té. La volonté de demeurer dans l'histoi­re est une force redoutable : les Anglais et les Suédois ont tenu tête ou se sont imposés à des voisins plus puissants quanti­tativement parce qu'ils avaient une con­science très nette de leur identité et refusaient de se laisser guider par l'arbi­traire de leurs gouvernants. Les peuples libres (et Arndt regrette ici que le peuple allemand n'en fasse pas partie) ont une claire conscience de leur honneur (Ehre) et de leur honte (Schande).

 

Arndt distingue la notion de "Volk" de celles de "Menge" (= masse, foule) et "Pöbel" (= populace). "Menge" est la masse "neutre", sans opinions clairement définies ; elle est cette "majorité silencieu­se" que tous réclament comme clientèle. Le "Pöbel" est l'ensemble des éléments déracinés, incapables de discipliner leurs comportements parce que dépouillés de toute norme ancestrale, de toute pesan­teur stabilisatrice. La Révolution françai­se, par son individualisme (manifeste notamment dans les lois qu'elle édicte contre les corporations et contre le droit de coalition), a hissé au pouvoir le "Pöbel" qui a mené la "Menge" dans l'aventure révolutionnaire et napoléonienne. Le "Pöbel" s'est imposé en "maître", en despote sur une "Menge" d'esclaves. La collusion des "despotes" et des "esclaves" ne donne pas un "Volk". Pour que "Volk" il y ait, il faut une circulation des élites, une égalité des chances et une adhésion spontanée et non contrainte à un même ensemble de valeurs et à une même vision de l'histoire.

 

Pour Arndt, le peuple est un tout organi­que d'où jaillit une Urkraft (force originelle) qu'il convient de reconnaître, de canaliser et de faire fructifier. Sans ce travail d'attention constant, le "Volk" dégénère, subit l'aliénation (qui deviendra concept-clef du socialisme), sort de l'histoi­re. Arndt, poète, compare le "Volk" à un volcan, à un Vésuve que les despotes veulent maintenir éteint. Les éruptions sont pourtant inévitables.

 

Pour accéder à l'idée d'État, le peuple doit mener une double lutte contre la "réaction" et la "révolution". Cette lutte doit d'abord se concentrer contre la concep­tion mécaniste de l'État, issue à la fois de l'absolutisme et de la Révolution fran­çaise. L'enthousiasme créatif part d'un enracinement, d'une terre (Heidegger nous systématisera cette vision) où vit encore une dimension historique et non des belles et vibrantes rhétoriques abstrai­tes que les premières heures de la Révolu­tion française avaient connues et diffusées par la presse à travers l'Europe. Arndt, dès les séminaires de Stralsund, ressent un malaise inexplicable à l'écoute des discours parisiens contre l'absolutisme et la monarchie. Son "bon sens" paysan perçoit et dénonce la mascarade lexicale des clubs jacobins. Ce sentiment confus d'antipathie, Arndt le retrouvera lors d'une conversation en Haute-Italie en 1799 avec un officier républicain français qui s'enivrait de trop belles paroles à propos de la liberté (au nom de laquelle, expliquait-il, on venait de fusiller deux députés plus ou moins responsables de l'assassinat d'un tribun). Ces paroles sonnaient faux dans l'oreille d'Arndt et la légèreté avec laquelle beaucoup d'adeptes de la terreur envisageaient fusillades et "guillotinades" l'effrayait. La "force tranquille" de l'organicité se passait de tels débordements.

 

L'idée d'État née lors de la Révolution de 1789 est inorganique. Elle est "con­structiviste" et néglige l'évolution lente qui a germé dans les inconscients collec­tifs. Malgré ce jugement sévère, partagé par Burke, par certains contre-révolu­tionnaires français ou par les romanti­ques traditionalistes (dits parfois réaction­naires) allemands, Arndt reconnaît les aspects, les éléments positifs de la Révolution. Les Allemands doivent beau­coup à cette Révolution : elle a permis leur prise de conscience nationale. Elle a accéléré le processus de décomposition amorcé déjà sous l'Ancien Régime. Elle nous a appris que les peuples ne commet­taient, ni en intention ni en pratique, de crime contre les rois en voulant être gouvernés par des lois qu'ils connaissent et reconnaissent, qui sont le fruit d'une sagesse trempée dans l'expérience des générations antérieures. Il a manqué à la France révolutionnaire cette sagesse organique et le torrent révolutionnai­re a débouché sur la Terreur puis sur un nouvel absolutisme ; ce qui fermait la boucle et ne résolvait rien. Les Princes allemands ont trahi leur peuple en se comportant comme des "grands mogols" ou des "khans tatars". C'est à cela que mène l'irrespect des liens organiques et de la faculté d'écouter qu'ils impli­quent.

 

Arndt critique le droit romain, destruc­teur du droit coutumier (il préfigure ici von Savigny) et voit dans une paysan­nerie sainement politisée, le fondement de l'État völkisch (cette idée, Spengler, Spann et bien d'autres la reprendront à leur compte). Enfin, il nous expose les raisons pour lesquelles il ne croit pas en une Pan-Europe qui se ferait au-­delà, par-delà les peuples. Cette Europe ne serait qu'une panacée insipide dépour­vue de cette organicité stabilisante que cherchent, au fond, tous les peuples depuis l'effondrement de l'Ancien Régime. Cette anthologie est une lecture impérative pour tous ceux qui veulent comprendre l'Allemagne du XIXème siècle, la genèse des socialismes et les idéaux des acteurs du 1848 allemand.

 

G.C.

 

Ernst Moritz ARNDT, Deutsche Volks­werdung : Arndts politisches Vermächtnis an die Gegenwart, Bremen, Faksimile­ Verlag (Adresse : Postfach 10 14 20, D­2800 Bremen 1, RFA), 160 pages avec un portrait d'Arndt et une courte biogra­phie, DM 15.

jeudi, 05 mai 2011

Konsens und Empörung

Konsens und Empörung: Warum die parlamentarische Demokratie am Ende ist      

 

Geschrieben von: Felix Menzel   

 

Ex: http://www.blauenarzisse.de/

 

KonsensDie Erregungskurven politischer Debatten zeigen immer extremere Ausschläge nach oben. Jedem Politiker ist heute klar, daß mit Gefühl geherrscht werden muß und nicht vorrangig mit dem Verstand. Dies beweisen insbesondere der Umgang mit Thilo Sarrazin, die anhaltende Diskussion um Stuttgart 21, die Causa Guttenberg sowie die Kehrtwende der schwarz-gelben Koalition in der Atomkraftfrage nach der Naturkatastrophe in Japan. Der Nutznießer der Empörungsrepublik sind bisher die Grünen, doch Journalisten und Wissenschaftler befürchten, daß auch eines Tages Rechtspopulisten von den Stimmungsschwankungen profitieren könnten. Weit entfernt vom Parteiengezänk entsteht jedoch in den letzten Jahren die politische Freund-Feind-Konstellation an einer ganz anderen Konfliktstelle: Immer stärker rebellieren die Bürger gegen „die da oben“. Das muß Konsequenzen haben.

In der Financial Times Deutschland (FTD) vom 8. April 2011 geht es auf Seite elf um zwei Themen: Zum einen kommentieren Thomas Steinmann und Friederike von Tiesenhausen „Die Konsensrepublik“ und prangern den Drang aller etablierter Parteien zur Mitte an. Zum zweiten stellt Ariane Kleijwegt diesem deutschen Einerlei das „Schreckensbild Niederlande“ mit dem Aufstieg des Rechtspopulisten Geert Wilders gegenüber.

Die Gefahr des Rechtspopulismus nehme nach Ansicht der Autoren auch in Deutschland zu, da gerade die letzten Polarisierer aus der deutschen Politik ausgeschieden werden. Mit dem scheidenden FDP-Chef Guido Westerwelle trete der letzte große Provokateur ab und die FDP verabschiede sich nun nach der Union auch von ihren bürgerlichen Wurzeln und gebe sich einen sozial-ökologischen Anstrich wie alle anderen im Bundestag vertretenen Parteien.

Unterschiede der Parteien verschwimmen zunehmend

Die ideologischen Unterschiede zwischen links und rechts würden so „in einer Konsenssoße“ untergehen. Politische Gegensätze verschieben sich weg von den Parteien und hin zur Auseinandersetzung zwischen Volk und der etablierten Politik. Wem es gelänge, dieses Konfliktpotential erfolgreich zu nutzen, der könnte den Parlamentarismus in Deutschland gehörig erschüttern. Doch bisher gibt es niemanden, der über den dazu notwendigen Willen und eine gehörige Portion öffentlichen Ansehens verfügt.


Die Niederlande sind da, wie in vielen anderen Dingen, schon einige Schritte weiter. Das zeigt nicht zuletzt das Beispiel Rotterdam. Die Überfremdung ist hier fortgeschrittener und alle Integrationsbemühungen, auch der vermeintlich rechten Parteien, gescheitert. 2002 hat das kleine Land an der Nordsee sein politisches Erdbeben erlebt, als der Rotterdamer Professor Pim Fortuyn durch seinen Erfolg die Hinterzimmerpolitik der Etablierten beendete.

Seitdem, so klärt die FTD auf, müßten sich die Parteien wieder der parlamentarischen Auseinandersetzung stellen. Die Entpolitisierung habe zu dem Aufstieg der Rechten geführt, die den Konsens in dem einst auf seine Toleranz so stolzen Staat gebrochen haben und somit die Probleme der einheimischen Bürger wieder in den Mittelpunkt gerückt haben.

In Deutschland stehen solcherlei Umwälzungen im besten Fall erst noch bevor. Im schlechtesten bleiben sie aus. Die Lage schreit dennoch nach Veränderungen: Wir leben in einer entpolitisierten, entideologisierten Konsensdemokratie, die sich von den Ursprüngen des Parlamentarismus entfernt hat und kontroverse Debatten nicht mehr kennt. Doch diese Konsensdemokratie kennt einen Modus, mit Hilfe dessen sich alle Parteien auf ein neues Ziel einschießen können. Dies ist der Skandal, der einen permanenten Ausnahmezustand konstituiert und sofortige politische Kehrtwenden erzwingt, die sich notfalls auch über geltendes Recht hinwegsetzen.

Wir leben in einer Konsensdemokratie, die kontroverse Debatten nicht mehr kennt

Nicht zuletzt das Umfallen der Bürgerlichen in der Atomkraftfrage beweist diese These. Wenn sich die Stimmungslage in Deutschland auch nur durch ein externes Ereignis abrupt verändert, fallen ausnahmslos alle politischen Akteure um und suchen im kurzfristigen Einvernehmen mit der Mehrheit nach einem neuen gemeinschaftlichen Konsens, der jedoch langfristig neue Probleme beschert. Im Fall der Wende in der Energiepolitik ist dies auch schon vorgezeichnet und es bleibt abzuwarten, wie die bürgerlichen Parteien argumentieren, wenn die Strompreise sprunghaft ansteigen und vielleicht sogar schon Grün-Rot oder Rot-Grün an der Macht ist.

Gerade aufgrund der Furcht vor Rechtspopulismus kommt die Hauptkritik an der Leblosigkeit der gegenwärtigen Demokratie von linken Journalisten und Wissenschaftlern. Die belgische Politikwissenschaftlerin Chantal Mouffe kritisiert in der Zeitschrift Aus Politik und Zeitgeschichte (1-2/2011, S. 3-5), „dass moderne Demokratien hinter einer Fassade formeller demokratischer Prinzipien zunehmend von privilegierten Eliten kontrolliert werden.“ Sie spricht damit das „eherne Gesetz der Oligarchisierung“ des Soziologen Robert Michels an.

Entscheidend ist jedoch, wen die Belgierin dafür verantwortlich macht. Die Sozialdemokratie habe eine „postpolitische Perspektive“ eröffnet, indem sie sich immer mehr der politischen Mitte angenähert habe. Das deutlichste Zeichen des Verlustes linker Konzepte in der Sozialdemokratie ist in Deutschland die sozialpolitische „Agenda 2010“ – durchgesetzt von Rot-Grün unter Gerhard Schröder (SPD).

Die Profillosigkeit zieht sich allerdings durch alle Parteien. Mouffe erkennt diese Konsenssucht und sieht in Volksabstimmungen eines der letzten Mittel, um der Entscheidungsunfähigkeit und dem Herumwursteln mit halben Kompromissen zu entkommen. Es bräuchte in der innenpolitischen Auseinandersetzung „freundschaftliche Feinde“, ergänzt sie in Anlehnung an den Staatsrechtler Carl Schmitt.

Der heutige Parlamentarismus kennt keine unterschiedlichen Konzepte mehr

Sie würden einen „gemeinsamen symbolischen Raum teilen“ (Anmerk. FM: Gehen wir mal ganz traditionell von einem gemeinsamen Bewußtsein als Volk und Nation aus), seien aber trotzdem „Feinde“, „weil sie diesen gemeinsamen symbolischen Raum auf unterschiedliche Art organisieren wollen“. Diese unterschiedlichen Konzepte werden der Einfachheit halber als „links“ und „rechts“ definiert und gehören zum Wesen des Politischen, durch das Entscheidungen erst möglich werden.

Der Parlamentarismus hat sich von diesem und damit auch seinem ursprünglichen Grundverständnis meilenweit entfernt. Aufgrund des Mangels an unterschiedlichen politischen Überzeugungen, der Debatte darüber sowie letztendlich der Entscheidung für eine Lösung werden Probleme aufgeschoben und die eigene Souveränität und Kompetenzen an supranationale Organisationen wie die EU oder UNO aber auch an Medien und Gerichte weitergereicht.

Zur Vernebelung der Gefahren dieser Entwicklung spricht der Historiker Paul Nolte von einer „multiplen Demokratie“, in der Entscheidungen nicht mehr grundsätzlich im Parlament getroffen würden, sondern wo Nicht-Regierungsorganisationen genauso ein Wörtchen mitzureden hätten wie es eben ein „komplexes Gefüge verschiedener Handlungsformen und institutioneller Arrangements“ gebe.

Die Frage bleibt dabei ungeklärt, ob diese nett ausgedrückte „Multiplität“ auch tatsächlich einen Mehrwert hat oder ob sie erstens den Diskurs nicht gleichermaßen eng begrenzt und zweitens Richtungsentscheidungen verhindert. Der Jurist Josef Schüßlburner hat dabei in seinem Büchlein Konsensdemokratie richtig erkannt, daß bei aller Multiplität Feinde weiterhin bestehen und ausgeschlossen werden.

Freund ist nur, wer den Konsens teilt

Nur derjenige könne Freund sein, der den Konsens teilt: „Die verhängnisvollste Folge der Konsensdemokratie besteht dann darin, daß ihr Reich der Mitte hauptsächlich im eigenen Volk Feinde sucht und findet, während man sich außenpolitisch von lauter Freunden umzingelt sieht, mit denen man vor allem deren Staatsschulden teilt.“

Das Grundproblem hat Carl Schmitt bereits 1923 in Die geistesgeschichtliche Lage des heutigen Parlamentarismus beschrieben: „Am wenigsten wird es noch den Glauben geben, daß aus Zeitungsartikeln, Versammlungsreden und Parlamentsdebatten die wahre und richtige Gesetzgebung und Politik entstehe. Das ist aber der Glaube an das Parlament selbst. Sind Öffentlichkeit und Diskussion in der tatsächlichen Wirklichkeit des parlamentarischen Betriebes zu einer leeren und nichtigen Formalität geworden, so hat auch das Parlament, wie es sich im 19. Jahrhundert entwickelt hat, seine bisherige Grundlage und seinen Sinn verloren.“

Auch heute noch besitzt diese Aussage eine bestechende Aktualität. Der öffentliche Betrieb beschäftigt sich mit Scheindebatten, um die wahren Probleme in weite Ferne zu rücken. Statt über den demographischen Niedergang zu sprechen, diskutiert man in Berlin, wann man eine Frauenquote für Aufsichtsräte und Vorstände einführt. Statt über das überfremdete Deutschland zu sprechen, beleuchtet man nur den Teilaspekt der Integration und verschweigt dabei, daß diese nur bei einem Bruchteil der Ausländer, nämlich der bereits Vorgebildeten und Motivierten, funktionieren kann.

Statt über die Globalisierung und Entwurzelung zu sprechen, beschäftigt sich die politische Klasse im besten Fall mit neuen Steuern und sinniert über eine Finanztransaktionssteuer. Dabei vergißt sie, erst einmal grundsätzlich zu klären, welche fatalen Auswirkungen ethisch indifferente Superstrukturen (Arnold Gehlen) anrichten können.

Volksentscheide erzwingen!

Diese Probleme schiebt das politische Personal entscheidungsunfähig vor sich her. Da die Parteien nicht in der Lage sein werden, von sich aus Konturen zurückzugewinnen und im Parlament auf Entscheidungen zielende Debatten zu führen, muß ein Impuls von außen kommen. Realistisch betrachtet kann dieser nur vom Volk ausgehen. Der gesunde Menschenverstand der Bürger ist das letzte noch nicht historisch verbrauchte Mittel, der sich gegen die Apparate mit ihren gleichförmigen Entscheidungen durchsetzen muß. Was heißt das politisch? Wir müssen Volksentscheide erzwingen, denn auch wenn die Massen nicht in der Lage sind, die Komplexität der politischen Lage zu erkennen, so sind sie dennoch fähiger, vernünftige Entscheidungen zu treffen als die politische Klasse.

mardi, 26 avril 2011

Nicola Bombacci: de Lênin a Mussolini

Immagine1bombaccikilischiof.jpg

Nicola Bombacci: de Lênin a Mussolini

 
por Erik Norling
 
Ex: http://legio-victrix.blogspot.com/ 
 
A 29 de Abril de 1945 eram assassinados os principais líderes fascistas às mãos dos guerrilheiros comunistas. E entre estes fascistas encontramos, curiosamente, Nicola Bombacci, antiga figura máxima do comunismo italiano, fundador do Partido Comunista de Itália (PCI), amigo pessoal de Lenine com quem esteve na URSS durante os anos da Revolução, apodado de “O Papa Vermelho” pela burguesia e finalmente incondicional seguidor de Mussolini, a quem se juntou nos últimos meses do seu regime. A sua história é uma história de conversão ou de traição?... Ou, talvez, de evolução natural de um nacional-bolchevique?... 
 
Um jovem revolucionário

Nicola Bombacci nasce no seio de uma família católica (o seu pai era agricultor, antigo soldado do Estado Pontifício) da Romagna, na província de Forli, a 24 de Outubro de 1879, a escassos quilómetros de Predappio, onde quatro anos mais tarde nascerá o futuro fundador do Fascismo. Trata-se de uma região marcada por duras lutas operárias e por um campesinato habituado à rebelião, terra de paixões extremas. Por imposição paterna ingressa no seminário mas rapidamente o abandona aquando da morte do seu progenitor. Em 1903 ingressa no anticlerical Partido Socialista (PSI) e decide tornar-se professor para poder assim servir as classes menos favorecidas na sua luta (novamente as semelhanças com o Duce são evidentes, tendo chegado a estudar na mesma escola superior) mas rapidamente passa a dedicar-se de corpo e alma à revolução socialista. A sua capacidade de trabalho e os seus dotes de organizador valem-lhe a direcção dos órgãos da imprensa socialista, o que lhe permitirá aumentar a sua influência no seio do movimento operário, chegando a ser Secretário do Comité Central do Partido, onde conhecerá um jovem uns anos mais novo: Benito Mussolini, que, não nos esqueçamos, foi a promessa do socialismo italiano antes de se tornar nacional-revolucionário. [1]

Opondo-se à linha moderada da social-democracia, Bombacci fundará juntamente com Gramsci o Partido Comunista de Itália após a cisão interna do PSI e viajará em princípios dos anos 20 para a URSS, para participar na revolução bolchevique, aonde já antes tinha estado como representante do Partido Socialista tendo sido conquistado pela causa dos sovietes. Aí trava amizade com o próprio Lenine que lhe dirá numa recepção no Kremlin estas famosas palavras sobre Mussolini: “Em Itália, companheiros, em Itália só há um socialista capaz de guiar o povo para a revolução: Benito Mussolini”, e pouco depois o Duce encabeçaria uma revolução, mas fascista… [2]

Como líder (António Gramsci era o teórico, Bombacci o organizador) do recém-criado PCI, torna-se no autêntico “inimigo público nº 1” da burguesia italiana, que o apoda de “O Papa Vermelho”. Revalidará brilhantemente o seu lugar de deputado, desta vez nas listas da nova formação, enquanto que as esquadras fascistas começam a tomar as ruas enfrentando as milícias comunistas em sangrentos combates. Bombacci empenhar-se-á em deter a marcha para o poder do fascismo mas fracassará, desde as páginas dos seus jornais lança invectivas contra o fascismo arengando a defesa da revolução comunista. É uma época em que os esquadristas de camisa negra cantam canções irreverentes como “Não tenho medo de Bombacci / Com a barba de Bombacci faremos spazzolini (escovas) / Para abrilhantar a careca de Benito Mussolini”. Etapa em que o comunismo se vê imerso em numerosas tensões internas e o próprio Bombacci entra em polémica com os seus companheiros de partido sendo um dos pontos de fricção a opção entre nacionalismo e internacionalismo. Já antes tinha demonstrado tendências nacionalistas, que faziam pressagiar a sua futura linha. Quando ainda estava no Partido Socialista e como consequência de um documento protestando contra a acção de Fiume levada a cabo por D’Annunzio que o Partido queria apresentar, Bombacci rebelou-se e escreveu sobre este que era “Perfeita e profundamente revolucionário; porque D’Annunzio é revolucionário. Disse-o Lenine no Congresso de Moscovo”. [3]
 
O primeiro fascismo

Em 1922 os fascistas marcham sobre a capital do Tibre; nada pode impedir que Mussolini assuma o poder, ainda que este não seja absoluto durante os primeiros anos do regime. Como deputado e membro do Comité Central do Partido, assim como encarregado das relações exteriores do mesmo, Bombacci viaja ao estrangeiro frequentemente. Participa no IV Congresso da Internacional Comunista representando a Itália, e, no Comité de Acção Antifascista, entrevista-se com dirigentes bolcheviques russos. Leva já metade da sua vida dedicada à causa do proletariado e não está disposto a desistir do seu empenho em levar à prática o seu sonho socialista. Torna-se fervente defensor da aproximação da Itália à URSS na Câmara e na imprensa comunista, falando seguramente em nome e por instigação dos dirigentes moscovitas, mas utilizando um discurso nacional-revolucionário que incomoda no seio do Partido, que por outro lado está em plena debandada após a vitória fascista. As relações com o revolucionário Estado soviético seriam uma vantagem para a Itália enquanto nação que também atravessa um processo revolucionário, ainda que fascista. É imediatamente acusado de herético e pedem-lhe que rectifique as suas posições. Não podem admitir que um comunista exija, como o faz Bombacci, “superar a Nação (sem) a destruir, queremo-la maior, porque queremos um governo de trabalhadores e agricultores”, socialista e sem negar a Pátria “direito incontestável e sacro de todo o homem e de todos os grupos de homens”. É a chamada “Terceira Via” onde o nacionalismo revolucionário do fascismo se encontra com o socialismo revolucionário comunista.

Bombacci é progressivamente marginalizado no seio do PCI e condenado ao ostracismo político, embora não deixe de manter contactos com alguns dirigentes russos e com a embaixada russa para a qual trabalha, além de que um dos seus filhos vivia na URSS. Acreditava sinceramente na revolução bolchevique e que, ao contrário dos camaradas italianos, os russos tinham um sentido nacional da revolução pelo que jamais renegará a sua amizade para com a URSS, nem sequer depois de aderir definitivamente ao fascismo.

Com a expulsão definitiva do partido em 1927, Bombacci entra numa etapa que podemos qualificar como os anos do silêncio que dura até 1936, altura em que lança a sua editorial e a revista homónima baptizada “La Veritá” e que culminará em 1943 numa progressiva conversão ao fascismo. No entanto é demasiado fácil considerar que Bombacci simplesmente se passou de armas e bagagens para o fascismo como pretendem os que o acusam de ser um “traidor”. Assistiremos a um processo lento de aproximação, não ao fascismo mas sim a Mussolini e à ala esquerdista do movimento fascista, onde Bombacci se sente aconchegado e em família, próximo das suas concepções revolucionárias, o corporativismo e as leis sociais deste fascismo de que “todo o postulado é um programa do socialismo”, segundo dirá em 1928 reconhecendo a sua identificação. [4]
 

Bombacci1.gifComprovamos assim que Bombacci não é um fascista, mas defende as conquistas do regime e a figura de Mussolini. Não se aproximou do partido fascista – jamais se inscreveu no Partido Nacional Fascista – apesar da sua amizade reconhecida com Mussolini, não aceitou cargos que lhe poderiam oferecer nem renegou as suas origens comunistas. A sua independência valia mais. No entanto convenceu-se de que o Estado Corporativo proposto pelo fascismo era a realização mais perfeita, o socialismo levado à prática, um estado superior ao comunismo. Jamais camuflará os seus ideais, em 1936 escrevia na revista “La Veritá”, confessando a sua adesão ao fascismo mas também ao comunismo:

“O fascismo fez uma grandiosa revolução social, Mussolini e Lenine. Soviete e Estado fascista corporativo, Roma e Moscovo. Muito tivemos que rectificar, nada de que nos fazer perdoar, pois hoje como ontem move-nos o mesmo ideal: o triunfo do trabalho”. [5]

Enquanto isto sucedia Bombacci tem um longo intercâmbio epistolar com o Duce tentando influenciar o antigo socialista na sua política social. O máximo historiador do fascismo, Renzo de Felice, escreveu a este respeito que Bombacci tem o mérito de ter sugerido a Mussolini mais do que uma das medidas adoptadas nesses anos 30. [6] Numa destas missivas, datada de Julho de 1934, propõe um programa de economia autárquica (que Mussolini aplicará) que, diz Bombacci ao Duce, é mostra da sua “vontade de trabalhar mais naquilo que agora concerne, no interesse e pelo triunfo do Estado Corporativo…”, como faz também desde as páginas da sua revista onde uma e outra vez batalha por uma autarcia que faça da Itália um país independente e capaz de enfrentar as potências plutocráticas (entenda-se os EUA, mas também a França e a Inglaterra). Por isso apoia decididamente a intervenção na Etiópia em 1935, mas não como campanha colonial senão como prelúdio da confrontação entre os países “proletários” (entre os quais estaria a Itália fascista) e os “capitalistas” que irremediavelmente chegaria, essa “revolução mundial (que) restabelecerá o equilíbrio mundial”. A acção italiana seria uma “típica e inconfundível conquista proletária”, destinada a derrotar as potências “capitalistas” e cuja experiência “deverá ser assumida… como um dado fundamental para a redenção das gentes de cor, ainda sob a opressão do capitalismo mais terrível”. [7]

Contra Estaline

Entre os anos de 1936 e 1943, difíceis para o fascismo pois iniciam-se os conflitos armados, prelúdio da derrota, Bombacci acrescenta a sua adesão ideológica a Mussolini. É um homem com quase 60 anos, viu como muitos dos seus sonhos socialistas não se realizaram, mas é um eterno idealista e não está disposto a abandonar a luta pelo socialismo, por “essa obra de redenção económica e de elevação espiritual do proletariado italiano que os socialistas da primeira hora tínhamos iniciado”. A sua editorial é uma ruína económica, os seus biógrafos deixaram constância das dificuldades e penúrias que sofre. Ter-lhe-ia bastado um passo oportunista e integrar-se no fascismo oficial e teria disposto de todas as ajudas do aparato do Estado mas não quer perder a sua independência ainda que em ocasiões deva aceitar subvenções do Ministério de Cultura Popular.
 

Esta etapa coincide com uma profunda reflexão sobre os seus erros passados e uma série de ataques ao comunismo russo que se tinha vendido às potências capitalistas traindo os postulados de Lenine. Assim, escreve Bombacci em Novembro de 1937, as relações entre a URSS e os países democráticos só tinha uma explicação que revelaria tudo o resto: “a razão é só uma, frívola, vulgar, mas real: o interesse, o dinheiro, o negócio”, pelo que este antigo comunista podia declarar abertamente que “nós proclamamos com a consciência limpa que a Rússia bolchevique de Estaline se tornou uma colónia do capitalismo maçónico-hebraico-internacional…”. A alusão anti-semita não é nova em Bombacci, nem nos teóricos socialistas do início do século, pois não devemos esquecer que o anti-semitismo moderno teve os seus mais ferventes defensores precisamente entre os doutrinários revolucionários de finais do século XIX, quando o judeu encarnava a figura do odiado capitalista. Em Bombacci não encontramos um anti-semitismo racialista mas sim social, de acordo com os posicionamentos mediterrânicos do problema judeu diferentemente do anti-judaismo alemão ou gaulês.

Quando estala a II Guerra Mundial, e especialmente ao estalar na frente Leste, Bombacci participa em pleno nas campanhas anticomunistas do regime. Como dirigente comunista conhecedor da URSS a sua voz faz-se ouvir. No entanto não renega os seus ideais, pelo contrário aprofunda a tese de que Estaline e os seus acólitos traíram a revolução. Escreve numerosos artigos contra Estaline, sobre as condições reais de vida no chamado “paraíso comunista”, as medidas adoptadas por este para destruir todos os sucessos do socialismo leninista. Em 1943, pouco antes da queda do Fascismo, concluía Bombacci resumindo a sua posição num folheto de propaganda:

“Qual das duas revoluções, a fascista ou a bolchevique, fará história no século XX e ficará na história como criadora de uma ordem nova de valores sociais e mundiais?

Qual das duas revoluções resolveu o problema agrário interpretando verdadeiramente os desejos e aspirações dos camponeses e os interesses económicos e sociais da colectividade nacional?

Roma venceu!

Moscovo materialista e semi-bárbara, com um capitalismo totalitário de Estado-Patrão quer juntar-se à força (planos quinquenais), levando à miséria mais negra os seus cidadãos, à industrialização existente nos países que durante o século XIX seguiram um processo de regime capitalista burguês. Moscovo completa a fase capitalista.

Roma é outra coisa.

Moscovo, com a reforma de Estaline, retrata-se institucionalmente ao nível de qualquer Estado burguês parlamentar. Economicamente há uma diferença substancial, porque, enquanto que nos Estados burgueses o governo é formado por delegados da classe capitalista, aqui o governo está nas mãos da burocracia bolchevique, uma nova classe que na realidade é pior que essa classe capitalista porque dispõe sem qualquer controlo do trabalho, da produção e da vida dos cidadãos”. [8]
 

A República Social Italiana

bombacci2.jpgQuando Mussolini é deposto em Julho de 1943 e resgatado pelos alemães uns meses depois, o Partido Nacional Fascista já se desagregou. A estrutura orgânica desapareceu, os dirigentes do partido, provenientes das camadas privilegiadas da sociedade passaram-se em massa para o governo de Badoglio e a Itália encontra-se dividida em dois (ao sul de Roma os Aliados avançam em direcção ao norte). Mussolini reagrupa os seus mais fiéis, todos eles velhos camaradas da primeira hora ou jovens entusiastas, quase nenhum dirigente de alto nível, que ainda acreditam na revolução fascista e proclama a República Social Italiana. Imediatamente o fascismo parece voltar às suas origens revolucionárias e Nicola Bombacci adere à república proclamada e presta a Mussolini todo o seu apoio. O seu sonho é poder levar a cabo a construção dessa “República dos trabalhadores” pela qual tanto ele como Mussolini se bateram juntos no início do século. Tal como Bombacci, outros conhecidos intelectuais de esquerda juntam-se ao novo governo: Carlo Silvestri (deputado socialista, depois da guerra defensor da memória do Duce), Edmondo Cione (filosofo socialista que será autorizado a criar um partido socialista aparte do Partido Fascista Republicano), etc.

O primeiro contacto com Mussolini ocorre a 11 de Outubro, apenas um mês depois da proclamação da RSI, e é epistolar. Bombacci escreve a Mussolini a partir de Roma, cidade onde o fascismo ruiu estrepitosamente (os romanos destruíram todos os símbolos do anterior regime nas ruas), mas onde ainda existem muitos fascistas de coração, e é este o momento que escolhe para declarar a Mussolini que está consigo. Não quando tudo corria bem, mas sim nos momentos difíceis como tão-só o fazem os verdadeiros camaradas:

“Estou hoje mais que ontem totalmente consigo” – confessa Bombacci – “a vil traição do rei-Badoglio trouxe por todos os lados a ruína e a desonra de Itália mas libertou-a de todos os compromissos pluto-monárquicos de 22.

Hoje o caminho está livre e em minha opinião só se pode recorrer ao abrigo socialista. Acima de tudo: a vitória das armas.

Mas para assegurar a vitória deve ter a adesão da massa operária. Como? Com feitos decisivos e radicais no sector económico-produtivo e sindical…

Sempre às suas ordens com o grande afecto já de trinta anos.”
 
Mussolini, acossado pela situação militar mas mais decidido que nunca a levar a cabo a sua revolução agora que se libertou dos lastros do passado, autoriza que os sectores mais radicais do partido assumam o poder e inicia-se uma etapa denominada de “socialização” (nome proposto por Bombacci e aceite pelo Duce) que se traduzirá na promulgação de leis de inspiração claramente socialista, em relação à criação de sindicatos, à co-gestão das empresas, à distribuição de lucros e à nacionalização dos sectores industriais de importância. Tudo isto foi resumido nos 18 Pontos do primeiro (e único) congresso do Partido Fascista Republicano em Verona, documento redigido conjuntamente por Mussolini e Bombacci, que se constituiria como a base do Estado Social Republicano. Na política exterior tentará convencer Mussolini a assinar a paz com a URSS e a prosseguir a guerra contra a plutocracia anglo-saxã, ressuscitar o eixo Roma-Berlim-Moscovo dos pensadores geopolíticos do nacional-bolchevismo dos anos 20, proposta que parece ter tido êxito em Mussolini que escreverá vários artigos para a imprensa republicana sobre este assunto mesmo sabendo que esta proposta tinha uma tenaz oposição por parte de um amplo sector do partido, em particular de Roberto Farinacci. Bombacci viaja para o norte e reinstala-se perto do seu amigo Walter Mocchi, outro veterano dirigente comunista convertido ao fascismo mussoliniano que trabalha para o Ministério de Cultura Popular.

Se para muitos o último Mussolini era um homem acabado, títere dos alemães, não deixa de surpreender a adesão que recebe de homens como Bombacci, um verdadeiro idealista, de estatura imponente, com a barba crescida e uma oratória atraente, alérgico a tudo o que pudesse significar acomodar-se ou aburguesar-se, que tão-pouco agora aceitará salário ou prebendas (apenas em princípios de 1945 aparecerá o seu nome numa lista de propostas de salários do ministério da Economia ou como Chefe da Confederação Única do Trabalho e da Técnica). Bombacci tornar-se-á assessor pessoal e confidente de Mussolini, para atrair de novo às bases do partido os trabalhadores. Propõe a criação de comités sindicais, abertos a não militantes fascistas, eleições sindicais livres, viajará pelas fábricas do norte industrializado (Milão-Turim) explicando a revolução social do novo regime e o porquê da sua adesão. O velho combatente revolucionário parece de novo rejuvenescer, após um comício em Verona e várias visitas a empresas socializadas escreve ao Duce a 22 de Dezembro de 1944: “Falei durante uma hora e trinta minutos num teatro entregue e entusiasta… a plateia, composta na maior parte por operários vibrou gritando: sim, queremos combater por Itália, pela república, pela socialização… pela manhã visitei a Mondadori, já socializada, e falei com os operários que constituem o Conselho de Gestão que achei cheio de entusiasmo e compreensão por esta nossa missão”. Enquanto a situação militar se deteriorava, os grupos terroristas comunistas (os tragicamente famosos GAP) já tinham decidido eliminá-lo pelo perigo que a sua actividade representava para os seus objectivos. [9]

Mas a guerra está a chegar ao fim. Benito Mussolini, aconselhado pelo deputado ex-socialista Carlo Silvestri e Bombacci, propõe entregar o poder aos socialistas, integrados no Comité Nacional de Libertação. [10] Em Abril de 1945 as autoridades militares alemãs rendem-se aos Aliados, sem informar os italianos, é o fim. Abandonados e sós.
 
Crepúsculo de um nacional-revolucionário

Durante os últimos meses da RSI Bombbaci continuou a campanha para recuperar as massas populares e evitar que se decantassem pelo bolchevismo. Em finais de 1944 publicava um opúsculo intitulado «Isto é o Bolchevismo», reproduzido no jornal católico «Crociata Italica» em Março de 1945. Bombacci insiste nas críticas aos desvios estalinistas do comunismo real que destruiu o verdadeiro sindicalismo revolucionário na Europa com as ingerências russas. Nestas últimas semanas de vida da experiência republicana, Bombacci está ao lado dos que ainda acreditam numa solução de compromisso com o inimigo para assim evitar a ruína do país. Leal até ao fim, ficará com Mussolini mesmo quando tudo já está definitivamente perdido. Profeticamente fala disso aos seus operários numa das suas últimas aparições públicas, em Março de 1945:

“Irmãos de fé e de luta… não reneguei aos meus ideais pelos quais lutei e pelos quais, se Deus me deixar viver mais, lutarei sempre. Mas agora encontro-me nas fileiras das cores que militam na República Social Italiana, e vim outra vez porque agora sim é a sério e é verdadeiramente decisivo reivindicar os direitos dos operários…”

Nicola Bombacci, sempre fiel, sempre sereno, acompanhará Mussolini na sua última e dramática viagem até à morte. A 25 de Abril está em Milão. O relato de Vittorio Mussolini, filho do Duce, sobre o seu último encontro com o seu pai, acompanhado por Bombacci, mostra-nos a inteireza deste:

“Pensei no destino deste homem, um verdadeiro apóstolo do proletariado, em certa altura inimigo acérrimo do fascismo e agora ao lado do meu pai, sem nenhum cargo nem prebenda, fiel a dois chefes diferentes até à morte. A sua calma serviu-me de consolo”. [11]

Pouco depois, após Mussolini se separar da coluna dos seus últimos fiéis para os poupar ao seu destino, Bombacci é detido por um grupo de guerrilheiros comunistas junto com um grupo de hierarcas fascistas. Na manhã de 28 de Abril era colocado contra o paredão em Dongo, no norte do país, ao lado de Barracu, valoroso ex-combatente, mutilado de guerra, de Pavolini, o poeta-secretário do partido, de Valério Zerbino, um intelectual e Coppola, outro pensador. Todos gritam, perante o pelotão que os assassina, “Viva Itália!”. Bombacci, enquanto tomba crivado pelas balas dos comunistas, grita: “Viva o Socialismo!”.
 

_____________

Notas:

1. Em português, sobre o movimento revolucionário do pré-fascismo veja-se o excelente trabalho do professor israelita Zeev Sternhell e dos seus colaboradores, «Nascimento da ideologia fascista», onde curiosamente quase não se menciona Bombacci.

2. Sobre a trajectória revolucionária de Bombacci há um excelente trabalho de Gugliemo Salotti intitulado «Nicola Bombacci, da Mosca a Saló».

3. Referimo-nos à tomada da cidade dálmata em 1919 pelo poeta-soldado Gabrielle D’Annunzio, que é considerada por muitos autores como o primeiro capítulo da revolução fascista. Veja-se Carlos Caballero, “La fascinante historia D’Annunzio en Fiume”, em Revisión, Alicante, ano I, 2, vol. IV, Outubro de 1990.

4. Sobre a ala esquerdista do fascismo: Luca Leonello Rimbotti, «Il fascismo di sinistra. Da Piazza San Sepolcro al congresso di Verona», Roma, Settimo Sigillo, 1989. Ver também: Giuseppe Parlato, “La Sinistra fascista. Storia de un progetto mancato”, Bolinia, Il Mulino, 2000.

5. Cit. Arrigo Petacco, «Il comunista in camicia nera. Nicola Bombacci tra Lenin e Mussolini», Milão, Mondadori Editori, 1996, p. 115.

6. «Mussolini il Duce. II. Lo Stato totalitario 1936-1940», Turim, Einaudi, 1981 (2a, 1996), p. 331 n.

7. A correspondência de Bombacci para Mussolini (mas não a do Duce para este) está conservada em parte no Arquivo Central do Estado Italiano.

8. Nicola Bombacci, «I contadini nell’Italia di Mussolini», Roma, 1943, pp. 34 e ss.

9. Mais de 50 mil fascistas serão executados por estes grupos terroristas durante estes dois anos, e mais 50 mil na trágica Primavera-Verão de 1945. Foram especialmente visados os dirigentes fascistas que possuíssem uma certa aura de popularidade e que pudessem encarnar uma face mais populista do fascismo. O caso mais chamativo foi o do filósofo Giovanni Gentile, que deu lugar inclusivamente a protestos no seio da resistência antifascista. Existe uma ampla bibliografia sobre o assunto, embora na actualidade se tente reduzir as cifras e o impacto desta sangrenta guerra civil.

10. É curioso comprovar como em vários países da Europa, com o aproximar do final da guerra, os únicos elementos fieis à nova ordem são as chamadas alas “proletárias” dos movimentos nacional-revolucionários e que se negoceie a entrega do poder aos grupos socialistas da resistência por oposição aos comunistas e aos burgueses. Assim sucederá na Noruega onde os sectores sindicais propõe um governo de coligação à resistência social-democrata em Abril de 1945, ou em França onde após a queda do governo de Petain no Outono de 1944 Marcel Deat e Jacques Doriot pugnam por instaurar um governo socialista.

11. «La vida con mi padre», Madrid, Ediciones Cid, 1958, p. 267.

dimanche, 10 avril 2011

Guerre et psychologie

Guerre et psychologie

par Jean-Gilles Malliarakis

5.jpg L'opération de Libye comme la tragédie de la Côte d'Ivoire nous ramènent durement à la réalité du monde. L'Europe consommatique comme l'éducation soixante huitarde avaient voulu, depuis un demi-siècle, ignorer : la guerre. La voilà de retour. On ne peut pas s'en réjouir, on peut seulement espérer que son avertissement, aujourd'hui encore à moindre frais, du moins vu de Paris, réveille les opinions.

Entre l'époque du Livre banc sur la Défense de 1972, écrit sous l'influence ministérielle du jacobin Michel Debré, et celui de 2008, les doctrines stratégiques et les capacités militaires de la France ont changé, radicalement. La nature même des conflits, les ennemis potentiels ou déclarés, les théâtres d'opérations se sont déplacés.

Paradoxalement aussi, un chef d'État-major de l'armée de Terre tel que le général Elrick Irastorza a pu estimer le 22 octobre 2010 à Coëtquidan "particulièrement compliqué" voire même "anxiogène" le format actuel et futur de nos moyens de défense. Et, simultanément, jamais l'uniforme français n'a été déployé sur autant de territoires, pour des missions éloignées, aux caractères de plus en plus complexes.

De la guerre coloniale selon Gallieni à la contre-insurrection du général américain Petraeus l'objectif semble cependant toujours le même : "transformer l'adversaire en administré". Et, tragiquement, l'épée demeure aujourd'hui encore "l'axe du monde" – ceci pour reprendre la formule d'un homme qui sut si bien, tout au long de sa propre carrière, utiliser, par ailleurs, les micros.

Or, dans la préparation comme dans la gestion des conflits, dans le vote des budgets des armées comme dans la conduite et l'exécution des opérations, l'état d'esprit des individus, des foules et des dirigeants, joue le rôle fondamental.

La psychologie de la guerre redevient dès lors une matière urgente.

En 1915, Gustave Le Bon, dont l'ouvrage sur la "Psychologie des Foules" (1895) fait aujourd'hui encore autorité, lui consacrait un livre. Dans le contexte du premier conflit mondial, l'éditeur avait intitulé l'édition originale : "Enseignements psychologiques de la Guerre européenne". Sous-titre explicatif dans la manière du temps : "Les causes économiques, affectives et mystiques de la guerre. Les forces psychologiques en jeu dans les batailles. Les variations de la personnalité. Les haines de races. Les problèmes de la paix. L'avenir."

L'ambition scientifique, sociologique et objective y tranche avec ce qui se publiait à l'époque, dans le cadre de ce terrible contexte d'affrontement européen. Il étonnera peut-être le lecteur actuel par les développements qu'il consacre au bellicisme allemand, à son hégémonisme commercial d'avant-guerre et au pangermanisme. On remarquera cependant qu'il demeure singulièrement libre, d'esprit et d'écriture, s'agissant des motivations des Alliés. Il ne les résume aucunement en une simple, fraîche et joyeuse "guerre du Droit". Présentée pour telle par ses propagandistes, elle se révélera tout autre.

On notera en particulier un aspect essentiel des années qui avaient précédé le déclenchement de cet "orage d'acier". Elles avaient été marquées, de manière pacifique, par une influence de plus en plus forte, au centre du continent, du pays alors le plus puissant et le plus dynamique, rival sans cesse grandissant des empires maritimes et financiers.

On remarquera également ici un parallélisme très fort entre les deux guerres mondiales : on est tenté de considérer que, de ce point de vue, elles en forment une seule, comme si la seconde prolongeait la première dont elle accentuait simplement les traits, comme le conflit que Thucydide décrivit, expliqua et synthétisa sous le nom de Guerre du Péloponnèse. Celle-ci, à la fin du Ve siècle avait frappé à mort la Grèce des cités. La nôtre allait mettre un terme en Europe, au XXe siècle à l'idée de souveraineté des nations.

Résolument, Gustave Le Bon (1841-1931) s'inscrit en faux face aux explications d'inspiration matérialiste et marxisante.

"Derrière les événements dont nous voyons se dérouler le cours, écrit-il ainsi, se trouve l’immense région des forces immatérielles qui les firent naître.
Les phénomènes du monde visible ont leur racine dans un monde invisible où s’élaborent les sentiments et les croyances qui nous mènent.
Cette région des causes est la seule dont nous nous proposons d’aborder l’étude.
La guerre qui mit tant de peuples aux prises éclata comme un coup de tonnerre dans une Europe pacifiste, bien que condamnée à rester en armes."

Tout conspirait donc pour qu'un tel écrit soit relégué dans l'oubli des textes maudits, politiquement incorrects.

Au lendemain de la victoire de 1918, les Alliés tournèrent en effet le dos aux enseignements de son auteur. On s'engouffra dans le mythe de la sécurité collective. On prétendit mettre "la guerre hors la loi" : on connaît la suite. Cet ouvrage terrible et prophétique, annonçait en somme la reprise des hostilités. Il démontre, aussi, combien les dirigeants politiques, bien connus du public, rois ou ministres, se trouvent régulièrement dépassés par les forces intérieures, celles de l'inconscient des peuples.

JG Malliarakis



110402b Si cette chronique vous a intéressé, vous aimerez peut-être :


"Psychologie de la Guerre" par Gustave Le Bon
,

un livre de 372 pages en vente au prix de 29 euros franco de port, à commander en ligne ou par correspondance aux Éditions du Trident 39 rue du Cherche Midi 75006 Paris tel : 06 72 87 31 59.

Puisque vous avez aimé l'Insolent

Aidez-le par une contribution financière !

Machiavelli the European

Machiavelli the European

Dominique Venner

Translated by Greg Johnson

Ex: http://www.counter-currents.com/

Machiavelli.jpgEven his own name has been turned against him. Indeed it is hardly flattering to be described as “Machiavellian.” One immediately envisions a hint of cunning and treacherous violence. And yet what led Machiavelli to write his most famous and scandalous works, The Prince, was concern for his fatherland, Italy.In his time, in the first years of the 16th century, he was, moreover, the only one who cared about this geographical entity. Then, one thought about Naples, Genoa, Rome, Florence, Milan, or Venice, but nobody thought of Italy. For that, it was necessary to wait three more centuries. Which proves that one should never despair. The prophets always preach in spiritual wastelands before their dreams rouse the unpredictable interest of the people.

Born in Florence in 1469, dying in 1527, Niccolò Machiavelli was a senior civil servant and diplomat. He participated in the great politics of his time. What he learned offended his patriotism, inciting him to reflect on the art of leading public affairs. Life enrolled him in the school of great upheavals. He was 23 years old when Lorenzo the Magnificent died in 1492. That same year, Alexander VI Borgia became pope. He temporarily made his son Cesare (in this time, the popes were not always celibate) a very young cardinal. Then he became Duke of Valentinois thanks to the king of France. This Cesare, who was tormented by a terrible ambition, never troubled himself about means.  In spite of his failures, his ardor fascinated Machiavelli.

But I anticipate. In 1494, an immense event occurred that upset Italy for a long time. Charles VIII, the young and ambitious king of France, carried out his famous “descent,” i.e., an attempt at conquest that upset the balance of the peninsula. After being received in Florence, Rome, and Naples, Charles VIII met with resistance and had to withdraw, leaving Italy in chaos. But it was not over. His cousin and successor, Louis XII, returned in 1500, staying longer this time, until the rise of Francis I. In the meantime, Florence had sunk into civil war and Italy had been devastated by condottieri avid for plunder.

Dismayed, Machiavelli observed the damage. He was indignant at the impotence of the Italians. From his reflections was born The Prince, the famous political treatise written thanks to a disgrace. The argument, with irrefutable logic, aims at the conversion of the reader. The method is historical. It rests on the comparison between the past and the present. Machiavelli states his conviction that men and things do not change. He continues to speak to the Europeans who we are.

In the manner of the Ancients – his models – he believes that Fortune (chance), illustrated as a woman balancing on an unstable wheel, determines one half of human actions. But, he says, that leaves the other half governed by virtue (the virile quality of audacity and energy). To the men of action whom he calls to do his wishes, Machiavelli teaches the means of governing well. Symbolized by the lion, force is the first of these means to conquer or maintain a state. But it is necessary to join it with the slyness of the fox. In reality, it is necessary to be lion and fox at the same time: “It is necessary to be a fox to avoid the traps and a lion to frighten the wolves” (The Prince, ch. 18). Hence his praise, stripped of all moral prejudice, of pope Alexander VI Borgia who “never did anything, never thought of anything, but deceiving people and always found ways of doing it” (The Prince, ch. 18). However, it is the son of this curious pope, Cesare Borgia, whom Machiavelli saw as the incarnation of the Prince according to his wishes, able “to conquer either by force or by ruse” (The Prince, ch. 7).

Put on the Index, accused of impiety and atheism, Machiavelli actually had a complex attitude with respect to religion. Certainly not devout, he nevertheless bowed to its practices. In his Discourses on the First Ten Books of Titus Livy, drawing on the lessons of ancient history, he wonders about the religion that would be best suited for the health of the State: “Our religion placed the supreme good in humility and contempt for human things. The other [the Roman religion] placed it in the nobility of soul, the strength of the body, and all other things apt to make men strong. If our religion requires that one have strength, it is to be more suited for suffering than for strong deeds. This way of life thus seems to have weakened the world and to have made it prey for scoundrels” (Discourses, Book II, ch. 2). Machiavelli never hazarded religious reflections, but only political reflections on religion, concluding, however: “I prefer my fatherland to my own soul.”

Source: http://www.dominiquevenner.fr/#/edito-nrh-53-machiavel/3813836

vendredi, 08 avril 2011

Per il popolo, con il popolo - Il messagio di Evita e l'Argentina peronista

“Da che io lo ricordi, ogni ingiustizia mi fa dolere l’anima come se mi conficcassero dentro qualcosa. Di ogni età conservo il ricordo di qualche ingiustizia che mi fece indignare, dilaniando il mio intimo”.

Sua sorella Erminda sottolineò queste emozioni del cuore di Eva e disse: “Tu, Eva, vedevi il cielo proprio perché non smettevi di guardare negli occhi dei poveri … Il fatto è che gli avvenimenti dell’infanzia sono come radici, che non si vedono ma che continuano ad alimentarci …”. Eva stessa scriverà, ancora, nella Razòn de mi vida: “la ricchezza della nostra terra non è che una vecchia menzogna per i suoi figli. Durante un secolo nelle campagne e nelle città argentine sono state seminate la miseria e la povertà. Il grano argentino non serviva che ad appagare i desideri di pochi privilegiati … ma i peones che seminavano e raccoglievano questo grano non avevano pane per i loro figli”. Eva, a scuola, era la prima in recitazione e, nel 1933, a quattordici anni, ebbe l’ispirazione definitiva, recitando per la prima volta in pubblico, in un lavoro, preparato dalla scuola, intitolato Viva gli studenti. Un giorno offrirono a Eva la possibilità di fare un saggio a Radio Belgrano, a Buenos Aires, e, sebbene non precisato nelle date, il racconto dell’impressione che le produsse la metropoli, la Reina del Plata, si trova riflesso nel suo libro La Razòn de mi vida: “Un giorno visitai la città per la prima volta. Arrivando scoprii che non era come io l’avevo immaginata. Improvvisamente vidi i suoi quartieri miseri e capii dalle strade e dalle case che anche in città vi erano poveri e ricchi. Quella constatazione doveva colpirmi nel profondo, perché ogni volta che rientro in città da uno dei miei viaggi all’interno del Paese, mi ritorna quel primo impatto con la sua grandezza e la sua miseria: e provo la stessa sensazione di profonda tristezza che provai allora”. All’età di 15 anni (ritornata, nel frattempo, a Junin, la città in cui Juana Ibarguren e i suoi figli erano andati ad abitare fin dal 1931),  il 2 gennaio 1935, dopo essere rimasta in attesa della chiamata da Radio Belgrano che non arrivò, Eva, che non era persona da aspettare a lungo, lasciò la madre, le sorelle e prende il treno per Buenos Aires, dicendo alla sua maestra, Palmira Repetti: “Vado lo stesso a Buenos Aires. In un modo o nell’altro mi sistemerò”. Dopo quattro mesi dal suo arrivo, Eva ottenne la parte di una delle sorelle di Napoleone, in Madame Sans-Gene, di Moreau e Sardou. Nel 1937, Eva ottenne una parte in un film, Seguendos afuera, una sua foto fu pubblicata sulla rivista “Sintonia” e ebbe un ruolo  in No hay su egra como la mìa. (Mia suocera è unica), trasmessa anche da Radio Splendid. Si trattava, tuttavia, ancora di briciole di teatro, di frammenti di personaggi che non consentirono a Eva di uscire dall’anonimato, di affrancarsi dallo stato di bisogno, né dalla sensazione di insicurezza e di incertezza del futuro. Il 4 giugno 1943, un colpo di stato, fomentato dal generale Arturo Rawson, destituì il presidente Ramòn J. Castillo e lo sostituì con il generale Pedro Pablo Ramirez. Questa rivoluzione si opponeva alla candidatura, patrocinata dal presidente Castillo, di Robustiano Patron Costas, che significava la continuità del potere oligarchico e del feudalesimo dei proprietari terrieri. Il colonnello Juan Domingo Peròn ( che era uno dei giovani ufficiali del Gou, ovvero Grupo Obra de Unificacìon, una di quelle conventicole militari, la cui politica era fondata principalmente sull’obiettivo di liberare l’Argentina dalla dipendenza economica inglese) assunse la direzione, con l’incarico di trasformarla in una Segreteria, del Lavoro e della Previdenza sociale. Le idee politiche di Peròn non volevano limitarsi a conseguire l’indipendenza economica dall’Inghilterra. Peròn voleva trasformare l’Argentina in una nazione “economicamente libera, socialmente giusta e politicamente sovrana”. Riunì al suo fianco, alla Segreteria, uomini come Cipriano Reyes, un sindacalista, capo della C.G.T. (Confederacion General de Trabajo); José Figuerola, che gli avrebbe redatto tutto quanto si riferiva alla riforma sociale e ai piani quinquennali; Miguel Miranda, abile economista, che Jaruteche definì “grande argentino” per il magnifico programma di riforme economiche; Atilio Bramuglia, ministro degli Affari Esteri durante la prima presidenza Peròn, il colonnello Mercante, uno dei suoi collaboratori più fedeli che nei primi anni di governo poté essere considerato il delfino di Peròn, Cereijo, presidente della Banca Centrale, che diventò ministro delle Finanze, Borlenghi, ministro degli Interni; e infine il dottor Carrillo, ministro della Sanità, gabinetto che prima non esisteva e dal quale vennero promosse importanti campagne che sfociarono in un sensibile miglioramento dell’igiene e della salute degli argentini. Durante questi primi mesi d’attività alla Segreteria, Peròn adotta così una serie di misure che faranno fare all’Argentina spettacolari balzi in avanti nel settore della sicurezza sociale. Venne stabilito il principio del salario minimo, venne data la pensione dello stato a circa due milioni di lavoratori, si crearono i tribunali del Lavoro che garantivano parità di diritti tra datori di lavoro e lavoratori nei conflitti sociali, vennero istituite le commissioni paritetiche, con lo Stato cioè in qualità di mediatore. Inoltre fu emanata un’apposita legislazione per gli incidenti sul lavoro,  le malattie professionali,  la tredicesima mensilità, le ferie retribuite (già da allora di quattro settimane) e la durata della settimana lavorativa. A completamento del “pacchetto” venne poi formalmente riconosciuto lo stato giuridico dei sindacati, la cui costituzione era fortemente incoraggiata, i cui mezzi e le cui strutture furono notevolmente ampliati, consolidando definitivamente la natura riformista del sindacalismo argentino, dopo le precedenti tendenze anarchiche e nichiliste. Il 15 gennaio del 1944, la città di San Juan venne quasi totalmente distrutta da un terremoto. Città già povera, subì danni per un valore di 300 milioni di pesos e fu necessario evacuare i 50.000 abitanti sopravvissuti. Peròn, attraverso la sua Segreteria, organizzò tutti i soccorsi, l’evacuazione della popolazione e la riparazione dei danni. Peròn convocò una riunione di artisti del cinema, del teatro e della radio nella sede del Consejio Deliberante, allo scopo di organizzare uno spettacolo, la celebre festa del Luna Park, per raccogliere fondi destinati ai terremotati. Eva partecipò al grande avvenimento del Luna Park, nel quale vennero raccolti 21 mila pesos e Peròn dirà che “Il mondo si evolve verso i valori spirituali che trovano un baluardo negli artisti ai quali il popolo argentino deve il suo costante progresso”. Eva incontrò Peròn a questa festa, dove i biografi dicono che abbia avuto inizio la loro storia d’amore. Peròn la ricordò così: “Aveva la pelle bianca ma, quando parlava, il volto le si infiammava. Le mani diventavano rosse a forza d’intrecciarsi le dita. Quella donna aveva del nerbo”. Peròn schierandosi dalla parte dei lavoratori, fece avanzare quell’incendio, intraprese quel “cammino nuovo”, quel “percorso difficile”, quella “rivoluzione” di cui parlava Evita. Quella Rivoluzione Nazionale, i cui punti fondamentali erano: nazionalizzazione dei servizi pubblici, previdenza sociale, sovranità popolare, riforma agraria e organizzazione del lavoro. Sfidando così gli “uomini comuni” dell’oligarchia, gli “eterni nemici di tutto ciò che è nuovo, di ogni progresso, di ogni idea straordinaria”. Già il 16 giugno 1945 gli industriali avevano inviato un esposto al governo con il quale esigevano la rettifica della sua politica sociale. Naturalmente i sindacati reagirono in difesa della Segreteria. Nello scontro, le due forze si misurarono sullo steso terreno: la piazza. Cominciarono gli industriali con la Marcia della Costituzione e della Libertà che ebbe luogo il 17 settembre 1945. il governo dichiarò lo stato d’assedio e, per reazione, gli studenti occuparono numerose facoltà. Peròn affermò che era “naturale” che contro  le riforme si fossero “sollevate “le forze vive” che altri chiamano “i pesi morti”. Ma chi erano queste “forze vive”? “La Borsa: cinquecento persone che vivono trafficando su quanto producono gli altri; o l’Unione degli Industriali: dodici signori che, come ben si sa, vivono imponendo la loro dittatura al Paese”.  L’8 ottobre, un gruppo di allievi della Scuola Superiore di Guerra chiese al generale di brigata Eduardo Jorge Avalos, comandante della guarnigione di Campo de Mayo, di togliere a Peròn qualsiasi incarico. La richiesta arrivò al presidente Farrell, il quale si rese conto che, non accogliendola, avrebbe provocato inevitabilmente un sollevamento militare. Gli Stati Uniti, tramite l’ambasciatore Spruille Braden, diedero il loro appoggio a questa coalizione di industriali, studenti e militari. Ai loro occhi Però rappresentava un militare troppo rivoluzionario che esasperava l’atteggiamento dell’oligarchia. Peròn presentò, dunque, le proprie dimissioni scrivendo poche parole al presidente Farrell per comunicargli che si dimetteva “dalle cariche conferitegli di Vice – Presidente, di Ministro della Guerra e di Segretario di Stato al Lavoro e alla Previdenza sociale”. Il 10 ottobre Peròn rivolse un saluto d’addio ai 50.000 operai che lo acclamavano dinanzi alla sede della Segreteria: “Se la rivoluzione si fosse limitata a permettere comizi liberi avrebbe favorito esclusivamente un partito politico. Questo non poté, non può e non potrà essere mai il fine esclusivo della rivoluzione. E’ quanto avrebbero voluto alcuni politici per poter tornare; ma la rivoluzione incarna le riforme fondamentali che si è proposta di realizzare a livello economico, politico e sociale. Questa trilogia rappresenta la conquista della rivoluzione, che è ancora in marcia, e quali che siano gli avvenimenti, essa non potrà mai essere svilita nel suo significato più profondo. L’opera compiuta sinora è di una consistenza tale  che non cederà di fronte a nulla, e viene riconosciuta non da quanti la denigrano, ma dagli operai che la sentono. Quest’opera sociale che soltanto i lavoratori apprezzano nel suo vero valore, dev’essere difesa da essi in tutti i campi. Ho approvato anche in decreto di straordinaria  importanza per i lavoratori, riguardante gli aumenti salariali, l’instaurazione del salario mobile, cosa vitale e basilare, e la partecipazione ai profitti. Chiedo a tutti voli che portate nel cuore la bandiera delle rivendicazioni, di pensare ogni giorno della vostra vita che dobbiamo continuare a lottare ininterrottamente per quelle conquiste che sono gli obiettivi che porteranno la nostra repubblica alla testa delle nazioni del mondo. Ricordate e tenete ben impresso questo motto: “da casa al lavoro e dal lavoro a casa”, perché con esso vinceremo. Concludendo, non vi dico addio. Vi dico invece hasta siempre perché da oggi in poi starò con voi, adesso più che mai. E, infine, accettate questa raccomandazione che vi fa la Segreteria del “Lavoro e Previdenza”: unitevi e difendetela perché è la vostra e la nostra opera”. Quando un gruppo di ufficiali della Marina arrestò il colonnello e lo condusse a bordo della cannoniera Independencia, Eva si rivolse alla piazza e questa fu la sua prima importante azione politica. Il momento era storico ed Eva si lanciò nella lotta (“Bussai di porta in porta. In quel doloroso e interminabile peregrinare, sentivo ardere nel mio cuore la fiamma di un incendio, che annullava la mia assoluta piccolezza”), percorse in macchina i quartieri popolari chiamando gli operai allo sciopero (“A mano a mano che scendevo dai quartieri orgogliosi e ricchi verso quelli poveri e umili le porte si aprivano generosamente, con più cordialità”),  partecipando ai  preparativi del movimento – guidato da capi sindacali come Cipriano Reyes, Luis Gay e Luis Monzalvo – e al presidente Farrell non rimase che far rientrare Peròn dal confino nell’isola di Martin Garcia.  Peròn apparve al balcone della Casa Rosada alle 11,10 di sera del 17 ottobre 1945 e nella moltitudine di operai, che aveva atteso per l’intera giornata scoppiò un’oceanica e interminabile ovazione, un solo grido si innalzò all’unisono dalle trecentomila bocche dei descamisados: “Peròn Presidente!”, “Peròn Presidente!”. Solo due mesi dopo Peròn ed Eva si sposarono con il matrimonio sia civile (il 22 ottobre 1945 a Junin) che religioso (il 10 dicembre a La Plata). Per Evita (così amava essere chiamata dal popolo) “descamisados” sarà la definizione – cito La Razòn de mi vida – che più si addice al peronista militante: “Sono descamisados tutti coloro che si trovavano nella Plaza de Mayo il 17 ottobre 1945; quelli che hanno attraversato a nuoto il Riachuelo provenienti da Avellaneda, dalla Boca e dalla provincia di Buenos Aires, quelli che in colonne allegre, ma disposti a tutto, anche alla morte, quel giorno indimenticabile sono sfilati per l’Avenida de Mayo”. “Ciò che spinse le masse verso Peròn – scrisse Jaruteche – non fu il risentimento, fu la speranza”. La situazione, nell’ottobre 1945, era perciò allarmante per l’oligarchia che costituiva un gruppo di enorme influenza economica, che dirigeva la vita politica del paese, erigendo barriere insuperabili a livello di comunicazione sociale. Venne costituito un fronte unico chiamato Uniòn Democratica (fronte vasto ed eterogeneo che comprendeva radicali, socialisti, comunisti, demo – progressisti e contava sull’appoggio dell’unione industriali), sotto la protezione dell’allora ambasciatore americano Spruille Braden, il quale era all’origine del Libro blu, pubblicato dal Dipartimento di Stato, che denunciava il nazismo di Peròn. Manovra particolarmente infelice per un diplomatico, la cui prima regola di condotta dovrebbe essere quella di non ingerirsi negli affari interni del paese di accreditamento. Peròn seppe, infatti, sfruttare questa gaffe e riuscì a porre il nazionalismo dei suoi compatrioti di fronte all’alternativa efficacemente espressa dalla formula “Braden o Peròn”.

Peròn, d’accordo con Cipriano Reyes, capo della C.G.T., creò il Partito Laburista Argentino, che consisteva in un “raggruppamento di lavoratori urbani e rurali il scopo è di battersi per l’emancipazione politica e sociale delle classi lavoratrici, migliorandone le condizioni di lavoro, elevandone il tenore di vita e per l’instaurazione nel paese della democrazia integrale”, cioè una “democrazia sociale”, derivante dal superamento di quella “democrazia liberale” che, in realtà, era espressione di élite e di potentati economici. Non a caso uno dei presidenti che successero a Peròn, Arturo Frondizi, sottolineò che l’unica forza reale e concreta che abbia cambiato il volto dell’Argentina è stato il peronismo e che “appartiene ad una distorsione europea l’idea che il peronismo non sia stata una forma democratica”.  Nel programma vennero riprese le tematiche sui cui Peròn aveva già basato la sua azione di Segretario del Lavoro e della Previdenza sociale, e,  in particolare, partecipazione degli operai agli utili dell’impresa, lotta alla speculazione, salario minimo garantito e indicizzato, indennità di disoccupazione, riduzione dell’orario di lavoro, lotta contro il caro – vita, nazionalizzazione dei mezzi di produzione, ridimensionamento del grande latifondo, con distribuzione della terra a piccole cooperative, controllo della grandi holding inglesi e americane presenti nel paese. Venne aggiunto, infine, su intelligente ispirazione di Evita, un ulteriore obiettivo, d realizzare in tempi brevi: l’estensione dei diritti politici alle donne, una misura che del rivoluzionario in un paese dove tradizionalmente l’elemento femminile viene tenuto ben lontano dalla politica e dalle grandi questioni economiche e sociali. Se gli uomini delusero Peròn, sua moglie e il suo Paese, l’Argentina, gli furono fedeli in modo difficilmente superabile. E per l’Argentina, per arricchirla, propose la creazione di grandi capitali che fossero frutto del lavoro e non della speculazione. E gli argentini scelsero naturalmente Peròn, il quale, il 24 febbraio 1946, con il fedele e scaltro Hortensio Quijano (un membro del partito radicale, che era stato ministro degli Interni e aveva avuto un ruolo decisivo negli avvenimenti del settembre e ottobre 1945) in qualità di candidato alla vicepresidenza, ottenne 1.479.511 voti contro 1.201.822 di Tamborini e di Mosca, notabili appartenenti all’ Uniòn Democratica, dando come risultato la vittoria peronista. Il trionfo ottenuto nelle elezioni aprì le porte della Presidenza a Peròn che assunse il potere il 4 giugno 1946. Evita, da allora, assunse un ruolo fondamentale. Non volle seguire “l’antico modello della moglie del presidente”. E’ chiaro, insomma, che Evita non si lasciò rinserrare dall’oligarchia nel ruolo di consorte del presidente della repubblica. Disse chiaramente nel suo libro La Razòn de mi vida: “Alcuni giorni dell’anno ero Eva Peròn [la moglie cioè del Presidente] e lo facevo molto bene. Tutto il resto del tempo ero Evita, l’ambasciatrice del popolo presso Peròn. Compito difficilissimo e richiedente sforzi continui … Se mi domandaste che cosa preferisco, la mia risposta sarebbe immediata e spontanea: mi piace di più il nome che mi dà il popolo. Quando un bambino mi dice Evita, mi sento madre di tutti i bambini, di tutti deboli e i diseredati della terra. Quando un operaio mi dice Evita mi sento compagna di tutti gli uomini che lavorano nel mio paese e nel mondo intero. Quando una donna della mia patria mi dice Evita mi sembra di essere sorella di quella e di tutte le donne dell’umanità …”. Evita, pur erssendo una donna di temperamento, che non si fermava né davanti alle parole, né davanti ai fatti, conosceva, tuttavia, i limiti della sua sfera d’azione che sapeva di non dover superare, e l’armonia fra i due fu, grazie al tatto di lei, costante fino alla fine. Peròn mantenne per sé il comando delle Forze Armate, la direzione della diplomazia, la direzione dell’economia e lasciò ad Evita la Segreteria del Lavoro, dove sbrigava le questioni coi dirigenti sindacali e incontrava i descamisados; faceva numerose visite e presenziava a inaugurazioni. Dell’equipe di Evita facevano parte Oscar Nicolini, nominato nel 1945 ministro delle Comunicazioni, e José Espejo, diventato, nel 1948, segretario della C.G.T., dopo l’uscita di scena di Luis Gay e di Aurelio Hernàndez. Nel 1947 venne intrapresa l’impresa più spettacolare: il viaggio in Europa di Evita. Il 6 giugno 1947 un quadrimotore Douglas DC4 dell’Iberia, messo a disposizione dalle autorità spagnole,  decollò dall’aeroporto di Buenos Aires per portare in Spagna Evita Peròn. Il viaggio in Europa fu l’opportunità di presentare Evita a livello internazionale: con il fascino, la sua giovinezza, la vitalità, sarebbe stata certamente in grado di conquistare le simpatie e i cuori della vecchia classe dirigente europea, facendo uscire il suo paese dallo stato d’emarginazione nel quale l’Argentina si trovava a causa della volontà di liberarsi dalla dipendenza, sia economica che politica, dalla Gran Bretagna e degli Stati Uniti, nazionalizzando la rete ferroviaria (posseduta, fin dal 1907, da società britanniche) e quella telefonica (detenuta fin dagli anni ’20 dalla multinazionale americana ITT). Peròn volle mantenere fede alle promesse elettorali, realizzando queste prime riforme, approfittando di una congiuntura internazionale favorevole all’Argentina. Gli indicatori macro – economici prospettavano, infatti, un futuro di benessere e di sviluppo: la ricomposizione degli equilibri internazionali nel dopoguerra favoriva la collocazione delle esportazioni argentine nel mercato mondiale; la bilancia commerciale era in forte attivo ed il paese disponeva di ingenti risorse d’oro e di valuta estera; la situazione occupazione era buona; inoltre la scelta di una crescita basata sui comparti leggeri dell’industria, puntando cioè su un settore che produceva beni per il mercato anziché capitali, s’intendeva non penalizzare i consumi e, soprattutto, utilizzare il settore industriale come strumento di assorbimento della disoccupazione (se nel 1943 le persone occupate nell’industria erano 488.700, nel 1949 raggiungevano la cifra di 955.900, cioè i posti di lavoro erano aumentati di circa il 96%) e di redistribuzione del reddito in favore delle classi lavoratrici urbane. Infatti, il soli tre anni dal 1946 al 1949, il reddito reale aumentò di più del 40%, trainando i consumi interni. Evita arrivò in Spagna domenica 8 giugno, alle sette del pomeriggio, accolta dal generalissimo Franco, affiancato da sua moglie, dona Carmen Polo de Franco e da sua figlia, Carmen Franco Polo.  All’aeroporto c’erano trecentomila madrileni in delirio che gridavano il suo nome. Un po’ più in là, un gruppo di ragazze della Falange agitava i fazzoletti. Dappertutto fiori e bandiere spagnole, rosso – giallo – rosso, e argentina azzurro – bianco – azzurro. Ricevuta dalla mani del generalissimo Franco la Grande Croce d’Isabella la Cattolica, che metterà in occasione del colloquio con Pio XII.,  Evita pronunziò, lunedì 9 giugno,  nella piazza d’Oriente,  un discorso breve ma efficace, in cui parlò solo di questioni sociali e di lavoratori, dicendo ciò che sentivano nella nuova Argentina, cercando di trasmettere la profonda aspirazione a una società nuova, nella quale “non vi siano né troppi ricchi né troppi poveri”, e la preoccupazione di rendere ogni giorno più concreta e reale, per ogni uomo e per ogni famiglia , la sicurezza della vita e la speranza di un costante miglioramento. Evita disse di essere venuta in Spagna non per formare “assi”, ma per tendere “arcobaleni di pace”, a portare un messaggio di speranza al Vecchio Mondo e anche un messaggio d’amore a tutti gli spagnoli da parte dei descamisados argentini. Più tardi la stessa Evita definirà questo ruolo con un’immagine altrettanto forte: “Sono il ponte che collega Peròn con il popolo. Attraversatemi!”. Il suo amore per i bisognosi la portò a voler visitare misere catapecchie dove vivevano donne malate e uomini senza lavoro. Evita, recandosi nelle principali località del paese, tenne una serie impressionante di interventi (a Madrid, in una scuola di orientamento professionale, a Granata, in una fabbrica, a Vigo, nella Casa del Pescatore) per esaltare l’instaurazione di “un ordine basato sulla giustizia sociale secondo i principi proclamati dal presidente Peròn, dove tutti possano godere di una giusta retribuzione; dove l’operaio possa vivere in condizioni di lavoro dignitose e possa conservare la sua salute, godere di benessere fisico e spirituale, proteggere la propria famiglia, innalzare il suo livello economico” affinché “nessuno soffra e nessuno si veda assediato da una terribile miseria”. Il 26 giugno 1947 lasciò la Spagna esclamando “Addio Spagna mia”. Purtroppo non altrettanto bene andarono le cose in Italia, Francia, Svizzera e Inghilterra: a Roma, l’ambasciata argentina era situata in piazza dell’Esquilino, di fronte alla sede di un sindacato italiano di ispirazione comunista e l’arrivo di Evita venne accolto da urla, parolacce e insulti terribili; a Parigi, la visita, pur essendo caratterizzata dalla migliore accoglienza ufficiale (sia da parte del presidente della Repubblica Vincent Auriol, che dal ministro degli Affari Esteri Georges Bidault), venne ridimensionata da numerosi ricevimenti privati, che mostrarono, come le autorità francesi si sforzassero di togliere ogni significato politico di “avvicinamento” tra i due paesi; a Berna un giovane svizzero aggredì Evita, lanciando dei sassi contro la sua macchina, rompendo il parabrezza e ferendo l’autista; la visita a Londra, fu annullata, perché la corte britannica si rifiutò di riceverla, proponendo, invece, che la visita avesse carattere privato. Proprio durante il viaggio di sua moglie in Europa, Peròn lanciò un messaggio di pace al mondo, affermando la sua teoria politica della “terza posizione”, elemento di stabilità, all’interno, tra lo sfruttamento capitalista e la disumanizzazione marxista e fattore di equilibrio, all’esterno, tra i due blocchi emersi dalla logica di Yalta: “… in questo momento è in corso una lotta tra il comunismo e il capitalismo … noi non vogliamo essere né contro l’uno né contro l’altro. Noi realizziamo nel nostro paese la dottrina dell’equilibrio e dell’armonia tra l’individuo e la collettività attraverso la giustizia sociale che rende dignità al lavoro, che armonizza il capitale, che eleva la cultura sociale … di modo che il noi sociale si realizza e si perfeziona attraverso l’io dell’individuo considerato come un essere umano …”. Infatti, un paese come la nuova Argentina era in grado di sfamare, con carne e grano, l’intero continente europeo lacerato e disorientato dalla recente guerra: “L’unico rischio che correrà il mondo in futuro è la fame ma noi abbiamo il cibo dei nostri campi”, ripeteva spesso Peròn. La fornitura di prodotti alimentari ai paesi belligeranti aveva consentito di accumulare già durante la guerra ingenti riserve in moneta estera. Inoltre le difficoltà di pagamento e di trasferimento delle valute intervenute nel periodo bellico, fecero sì che l’Argentina vantasse crediti non incassati nei confronti di diverse nazioni. Tra le quali c’era proprio la Gran Bretagna, che ancora nel 1946 non aveva saldato un debito di 150 milioni di sterline.

Deciso a portare avanti il proprio programma sociale e politico, Peròn adottò misure tipicamente keynesiane: : sussidio al credito, politica dei redditi, espansione della spesa pubblica e, di conseguenza, del deficit statale. Peròn giustificò, nell’ottobre del 1951, tale strategia con queste parole: “L’Argentina giustizialista dirige tutti i suoi sforzi verso al’affermazione della sovranità nazionale, cercando le basi per il sostenimento in una volontà popolare nitida ed internamente inattaccabile”. Infatti, la politica economica peronista aveva tra i propri obiettivi prioritari un rapido recupero di risorse che consentisse di realizzare una decisa redistribuzione del reddito in favore dei ceti urbani. Le cifre si riferivano al totale delle ore lavorative di un operaio nel 1949 che, messe a confronto con quelle del 1943, rivelavano un aumento del 16,6% mentre la retribuzione era superiore, rispetto a quella del 1943, del 388,5%. Peròn rafforzò la politica d’intervento diretto dello stato in economia con la costruzione di centrali idroelettriche e gasdotti, con l’ammodernamento delle reti di trasporto urbano ed extra – urbano, con l’istituzione della compagnia aerea di bandiera (le “Aerolìneas Argentinas”) e della flotta mercantile nazionale. Inoltre lo stato diventò anche produttore, gestendo con funzionari propri (spesso ufficiali e tecnici delle forze armate) l’industria bellica e le imprese del gruppo DINIE, costituito da società confiscate ai proprietari tedeschi all’indomani dell’entrata in guerra argentina, dichiarata il 27 marzo 1945, al fianco degli Alleati.  Ma l’intervento che più d’ogni altro sancì la volontà innovatrice del nuovo governo fu la nazionalizzazione del Banco Central, che diventò la chiave di volta della politica economica di Peròn, tramite il controllo del Banco Industrial e dell’Instituto Argentino de Promocìon del Intercambio (IAPI). Quest’ultimo, cui venne assegnato il monpolio del commercio con l’estero, acquistava direttamente dai produttori a prezzo amministrato i beni destinati all’esportazione – tipicamente cereali e prodotti di macellazione – , rivendendoli a prezzo di mercato sulle piazze internazionali e trasferendo i profitti ottenuti al Banco Industrial, che li avrebbe trasformati in capitali da assegnare in prestito a tassi iper – vantaggiosi al settore industriale per approvvigionarsi di materie prime, quali combustibile, macchinari e pezzi di ricambio. Tra il 1945 e il 1948 il Pil aumentò del 29%, trainato dalla crescita dell’industria leggera (tessile e alimentare in primis, impoverendo però il settore agricolo, cioè quello che fu il motore stesso dello sviluppo), che fece registrare un picco del 12,1% nel 1947.

Una delle riforme più importanti e popolari intraprese da Peròn fu la concessione alle donne del diritto di voto. La legge 13010 venne approvata il 9 settembre da una storica seduta del Parlamento, davanti al quale Peròn spiegò che “il riconoscimento dei diritti politici della donna costituisce un atto di giustizia in quanto la donna coopera con i suoi sforzi e con la stessa energia dell’uomo alla difesa degli interessi e dei diritti collettivi sacrificando spesso anche la vita, la famiglia e la serenità; sarebbe quindi inconcepibile che rimanesse esclusa dalla difesa dei suoi stessi diritti e interessi”. Da parte sua Evita , il 23 settembre 1947, giorno della promulgazione della legge, completò così il pensiero del marito: “Mi tremano le mani al contatto dell’alloro che sancisce la vittoria, perché qui, sorelle mie, in pochi articoli concentrati è riassunta una lunga storia di lotte, di scontri e di speranze …”.

“Noi donne siamo le missionarie della pace. I sacrifici e le lotte sono riusciti finora solo a raddoppiare la nostra fede. Innalziamo, tutte assieme, questa fede e con essa illuminiamo il sentiero del nostro destino. E’un destino grande, appassionato e felice. Per farlo nostro e meritarlo, disponiamo di tre elementi incorruttibili e inalterabili: una fiducia illimitata  in dio e nella sua infinita giustizia; una Patria incomparabile da amare con passione e un leader che il destino ha forgiato per affrontare vittoriosamente i problemi: il generale Peròn. Col voto e con lui contribuiremo  alla perfezione della democrazia argentina”.

L’8 luglio 1949 fu creata ufficialmente la Fondazione di Aiuto Sociale Maria Eva Duarte de Peròn, istituzione la cui responsabilità “compete unicamente e esclusivamente alla sua fondatrice”, che rappresentò un concetto di giustizia sociale molto lontano dal modo d’intendere la carità a parte delle dame dell’oligarchia: era regolata da uno statuto in accordo con le norme stabilite dal Ministero della Giustizia. Erano membri fissi del suo Consiglio Direttivo il Ministro delle Finanze e il segretario generale della C.G.T. i consiglieri erano nominati per metà dalla fondazione, e i restanti da rappresentanti operai del sindacato. Mille scuole e diciotto pensionati furono costruiti in provincia. Gli alunni, circa tremila, venivano da famiglie che vivevano nei ranchos de adobe e dormivano per terra. Evita fece costruire anche dei quartieri per studenti a Còrdoba e a Mendoza. Ma le sue grandi passioni erano il Quartiere degli studenti di Buenos Aires, che occupava cinque blocchi di case, e la Città dei bambini Amanda Allen (un’infermiera della fondazione, morta in un incidente aereo mentre rientrava in Argentina dopo essere andata in soccorso delle vittime di un terremoto che aveva scosso l’Ecuador), inaugurata il 14 luglio 1949. Oltre alle colonie di vacanza create a Ezeiza, vicino a Buenos Aires, Evita fece costruire delle “unità turistiche” a Chapadmalal (non lontano da Mar del Plata), a Uspallata (Mendoza) e a Embalse Rìo Tersero (Còrdoba). Ognuna di queste comprendeva un centro alberghiero che poteva ospitare da tremila a quattromila persone, operai, pensionati, studenti. Soltanto a Buenos Aires la fondazione aveva costruito quattro policlinici. Altri centri simili furono inaugurati in nove province. A Termas de Reyes (Jujuy, nel Nord – ovest del paese) e a Ramos Mejia (nella periferia di Buenos Aires) furono costruite delle cliniche pediatriche. Purtroppo l’ospedale dei bambini di Buenos Aires e un altro a Corrientes, sul litorale argentino, furono abbandonati dopo la caduta del peronismo. Nell’agosto 1948 il ministero del Lavoro proclamò solennemente la Dichiarazione dei diritti degli anziani. Nel luglio 1950, al teatro Colòn, Evita pianse per la gioia di poter assicurare una vecchiaia serena agli anziani argenti argentini quando diede le prime mille pensioni ad altrettanti anziani. La casa di riposo di Burzaco, vicino a Buenos Aires si sviluppava su due ettari e poteva accogliere duecento persone in un ambiente caloroso, tanto che Evita in La Razòn de mi vida: (che pure scrisse quando la sua malattia era ormai una realtà) sognava del giorno in cui, forse, lei stessa avrebbe potuto abitarvi. E, ancora, furono creati altri centri che accoglievano donne senza lavoro e senza domicilio, finché non si fossero trovati loro l’uno e l’altro. Ma il fiore  all’occhiello di Evita era il Pensionato dell’impiegata, sull’Avenida de Mayo, che accolse cinquecento donne venute a lavorare nella capitale. Tutte opere necessarie per accrescere il legame comunitario e solidaristico della gente. Questo fu un merito fondamentale della politica di Evita. La sua opera non era soltanto un impegno a favore dei più deboli, dei suoi descamisados , ma la volontà precisa di radicare nel profondo del suo popolo un legame molto forte, un senso di appartenenza che travalicasse ogni rivendicazione sociale, uno spirito di unione talmente forte da trasformare la popolazione argentina in un popolo unito: “Siamo un popolo che ha in mano il timone del proprio destino”, disse Evita “che è grande perché è popolare, che è degno perché è giustizialista , he è nobile perché è argentino e che è sublime perché c’è Peròn. E’ stato un miracolo che ha avuto conseguenze enormi a livello economico, politico e sociale. In primo luogo ha creato una giustizia sociale che ha riordinato i criteri distributivi, mobilitando le masse a favore delle grandi battaglie per l’indipendenza economica nazionale … Questa rinascita del nostro spirito che l’oligarchia non ha potuto vendere come ha venduto le nostre fonti di ricchezza, ha portato con sé la suprema dignità del lavoro e la definitiva liberazione dell’uomo. Abbiamo abbattuto con gioia i cupi orfanotrofi per innalzare le pareti chiare ed allegre della “Città dell’Infanzia”, dei convitti, dei policlinici, delle case – parcheggio, della casa dell’impiegata e dell’anziano, della “Città dello Studente”, delle città universitarie, delle colonie per le vacanze, delle case per la madre, delle scuole e delle mense popolari. On l scopa giustizialista abbiamo fatto piazza pulita delle capanne e delle baracche e abbiamo costruito quartieri operai, necessari per la dignità sociale delle nostre masse lavoratrici. Abbiamo esiliato l’elemosina per esaltare la solidarietà come criterio di giustizia. E continuiamo gioiosamente nella lotta perché il repmio è troppo grande e troppo bello per rinunciarvi. Questo premio è la felicità, il benessere e l’avvenire del nostro amato popolo descamisado”.

Il 26 luglio del 1949,  mille donne si radunarono al Teatro Nazionale Cervantes di Buenos Aires dove si tenne il Primo Congresso del Movimento Peronista Femminile. Con la fondazione di questo movimento riemerse con forza la volontà di occuparsi delle donne, dei loro problemi, di seguirle da vicino. Questo rapporto, però, si è evoluta, è diventato politico. Evita volle rivoluzionare anche il ruolo delle donne nella vita politica argentina. Disse Evita a quel pubblico femminile: “le donne sono state doppiamente vittime di tutte le ingiustizie. In famiglia soffrivano più d’ogni altro membro perché si assumevano tutta la miseria, la desolazione e sacrifici per evitarli ai propri cari. Portate in fabbrica, subivano tutta la prepotenza padronale. Tormentate dalla sofferenza, stroncate dai bisogni, stordite dalle giornate estenuanti e dalle pochissime ore destinate al riposo, distrutte dai lavori domestici, le nostre compagne di allora – che in molti paesi del mondo sono le nostre compagne di oggi, anche se è vergognoso ricordarlo – non trovarono altra soluzione se non rassegnarsi di fronte all’accumulazione sempre maggiore degli insensibili e bastardi capitalisti. Come se non bastasse, il destino riservava loro un’altra sofferenza. Scoperte dall’industriale come forza – lavoro meno cara, le donne che lavorano diventano le concorrenti dei fratelli lavoratori, compiendo – costrette dalle circostanze e dal bisogno di mandare avanti la famiglia – i loro stessi lavori pur ricevendo un salario inferiore”. Nel 1949,  quando le ingenti risorse valutarie accumulate durante la guerra andarono esaurendosi, la favorevole congiuntura esterna in cui mosse i suoi primi passi lo stato peronista cominciò ad invertirsi. La bilancia commerciale, dopo quattro anni consecutivi di surplus, fece registrare un deficit di 160 milioni di dollari, dovuto principalmente al ritorno alla normalità dei prezzi agricoli e della carne; lo sviluppo dell’industria leggera, inoltre, rese il paese sempre più dipendente da materie prime e semi – lavorati esteri, cosa che comportò l’ascesa dei costi di produzione e dei prezzi al consumo dei prodotti. La conseguenze ultime di questo processo fu il riaccendersi dell’inflazione, dal 13% del 1947 al 29% nel 1949. Per spiegare che il governo aveva la possibilità d’inaugurare una politica di austerità, davanti ad un comitato di 300 persone, in maggioranza donne, che, il 29 settembre 1950, fece visita a Peròn protestando contro il carovita e chiedendo misure contro gli speculatori, Peròn, ricorrendo a un’immagine forte,  disse: “Se il governo volesse deflazionare lo otterrebbe in una settimana. Con le ferrovie abbiamo comprato 23.000 proprietà. Basterebbe venderle, raccogliere il denaro, portarlo alla Caja de la Conversiòn e bruciarlo, in tal modo la circolazione diminuirebbe di circa il 39, 40 e 50%. Ma dopo, chi vedrebbe più un peso? Chi troverebbe più un peso dopo aver rarefatto in questo modo i mezzi di pagamento?”.

Il 2 agosto 1951, una folla di duecento sindacalisti della C.G.T. chiesero a Peròn di accettare la candidatura alla rielezione presidenziale ed espressero il “vivo desiderio” che Evita fosse candidata alla vicepresidenza. Il 22 agosto fu la data fissata per annunciare la candidatura di Evita. Ma ciò non avvenne,  l’esercito si oppose perché se Evita fosse stata eletta vicepresidente e se Peròn fosse morto prima di lei, Evita avrebbe preso il suo posto alla presidenza dell’Argentina e, dunque, al comando delle forze armate, come fece vent’anni dopo Isabelita Peròn. Il 31 agosto, Evita rinunciò alla candidatura alla vicepresidenza: “Ho solo un’ambizione personale, che il giorno in cui si scriverà il capitolo meraviglioso della storia di Peròn, di me si dica questo: c’era, al fianco di Peròn, una donna che si era dedicata a trasmettergli le speranze del popolo. Di questa donna si sa soltanto che il popolo la chiamava  con amore Evita”.  E un mese dopo questo messaggio radiofonico, Evita si mise a letto e comiciò a morire. E il paese stava morendo assieme a lei. il 1952 fu l’anno in cui la crisi raggiunse il suo culmine, anche per effetto delle avverse condizioni climatiche: la produzione agricola risultò del 15% inferiore all’anno precedente, il Pil calò del 6%, il tasso di inflazione sfiorò il 50%, mentre il salario reale diminuì tra il 1948 ed il ’52 di circa il 20%. Il 28 settembre 1951, proprio mentre stavano facendo a Evita una trasfusione di sangue data la sua estrema debolezza, il generale Benjamìn Menéndez si mise alla testa di un’insurrezione, che sarà facilmente domata. tesa a far crollare il governo peronista, ma le cui conseguenze matureranno nel 1955, il 16 settembre, con la  Revoluciòn libertadora, diretta dal generale Lonardi, che pose fine al governo di Peròn. Le elezioni dell’11 novembre 1951 segnarono per il Partito Peronista (frutto della fusione tra il Partido Laburista, la Unión Cívica Radical Junta Renovadora e il Partido Independiente di Alberto Tessaire, che raggruppava i conservatori che appoggiavano Peròn) un vero trionfo. Peròn venne eletto per la seconda volta con 4.652.000 voti contro i 2.358.000 del suo avversario, Ricardo Balbin della Unión Cívica Radical. Un margine notevolmente superiore a quello della prima elezione che consentì ai peronisti  di conquistare tutti i seggi del Senato e centrotrentacinque dei centoquarantanove seggi della Camera. Non bisogna poi dimenticare che, per la prima volta, votarono anche 3.816.654 donne, i cui suffragi andarono all’unico partito, cioè a quello peronista, che inserì delle donne nelle sue liste. Alla fine risultarono elette ventitre deputate e sei senatrici.
Il 3 novembre 1951 Evita fu ricoverata al policlinico Presidente Peròn, dove il ginecologo Humberto Dionisi le diagnosticò un carcinoma. All’inizio di novembre, il chirurgo George Pack, specialista del Memorial Cancer Hospital di New York, procedette a un’isterectomia totale. La vita di Evita si stava spegnendo, le restavano solo alcune gocce di vita e le offrì il 1° maggio, in un discorso carico di accenti di incredibile bellezza, l’ultima volta che Evita parlò in pubblico, sorretta dal marito sul balcone della Casa Rosada. “Miei cari descamisados. Ancora una volta siamo qui riuniti, lavoratori e donne del popolo; ancora una volta ci ritroviamo, noi descamisados, in questa storica piazza del 17 ottobre 1945 per dare la risposta al leader del popolo che questa mattina, a conclusione del suo messaggio, ha detto: “Chi vuole ascoltare,  ascolti; chi vuole seguire, segua”. Ed è questa la risposta, o mio generale. E’ il popolo lavoratore, è il popolo umile della Patria che qui e in tutto il Paese si è levato in piedi ed è pronto a seguire Peròn, il leader del popolo, il leader dell’umanità, che ha innalzato la bandiera della redenzione e della giustizia delle masse lavoratrici; esso lo seguirà contro l’oppressione dei traditori interni ed esterni, che, nell’oscurità della notte, vogliono iniettare il loro veleno di vipere nell’anima  nel corpo di Peròn, che è l’anima e il corpo stesso della Patria. Ma non ci riusciranno, così come l’invidia dei rospi non è riuscita a far tacere il canto del usignoli e le vipere non hanno impedito il volo dei condor”.

“Io chiedo a Dio di non permettere che degli insensati alzino la mano contro Peròn, perché guai a quel giorno! Quel giorno, mio generale, io marcerò alla testa dei descamisados per non lasciare interno nemmeno un sasso che non sia peronista. Noi non ci lasceremo schiacciare dallo stivale oligarca e traditore dei “vendipatria” che hanno sfruttato la classe lavoratrice. Noi non ci lasceremo più sfruttare da quelli che, vendutisi per quattro soldi, servono i padroni stranieri e consegnano il popolo della loro Patria con la stessa tranquillità con cui hanno venduto il loro Paese e le loro coscienze”.

“Ma noi siamo il popolo, e io so che il popolo sta all’erta, siamo invincibili, perché noi siamo la Patria”.

E’ una dichiarazione di guerra, ma Evita, la grande lottatrice era colpita a morte. 

Evita si spense  dolcemente, respirando appena. Poi emise un sospiro  e il suo cuore si fermò. La sua morte fu annunciata ufficialmente il 26 luglio 1952 alle 8,30 di sera. Una terribile solitudine avvolse l’Argentina. Una solitudine che non si dissipò nemmeno al ritorno di Peròn in patria, dopo vent’anni di esilio. Evita presagì bene l’avvenire del suo Paese quando gridava e piangeva nell’agonia: “Chi, ma chi si prenderà cura dei mie poveri?”.

GINO SALVI

BIBLIOGRAFIA

Evita, un mito del nostro secolo, di Alicia Dujovne Ortiz, 1995, Mondatori.
Chiamatemi Evita, di Carmen Llorca, 1984, Mursia.
Evita Peròn, la madonna dei descamisados, di Domenico Vecchioni, 1995, Eura Press.
La ragione della mia vita, introdotto da Vanni Blengino, 1996, Editori Riuniti.
Evita, il mio messaggio,  introdotto da Joseph A. Page, 1996, Fazi.
L’Argentina da Peròn a Cavallo (1945-2002), di Francesco Silvestri, 2003, Clueb

jeudi, 07 avril 2011

Les droits de l'homme contre la démocratie directe

Les droits de l’homme contre la démocratie directe

par Yvan Blot

 

Texte paru sur le site de la Fondation Polémia [1] sous le titre Droits de l’Homme et Démocratie directe : le problème du contrôle de constitutionnalité. Yvan Blot, auteur de La Démocratie confisquée (éd. Picollec, 1988), est président de Agir pour la Démocratie directe [2].

1/ Initialement, les droits de l’homme sont des libertés fondamentales

Les droits du citoyen à voter la loi et l’impôt, donc la démocratie directe, sont d’ailleurs cités explicitement dans les articles 6 et 14 de la Déclaration des droits de l’homme et du citoyen de 1789 qui fait partie de nos textes constitutionnels. La protection de ces droits est plus une affaire de culture que de droit. Ainsi, le Royaume-Uni comme la Suisse ne connaissent aucun mécanisme de contrôle de la constitutionnalité des lois, et ces deux pays n’en sont pas devenus des dictatures pour autant. Si la culture de la liberté est développée, on n’a pas de besoin de juge de la constitutionnalité. Si par contre la culture de la liberté est sous-développée, battue en brèche par des éléments de culture totalitaire, le juge constitutionnel peut devenir le pire ennemi des libertés, et donc de la démocratie directe.

2/ Actuellement, les droits de l’homme font souvent l’objet d’une dérive totalitaire et se retournent alors contre les libertés des citoyens.

Si les droits de l’homme sont interprétés de façon égalitariste (au sujet de l’immigration par exemple), ou comme droits de créance sur la société (droit à l’emploi ou au logement par exemple), ils servent à tuer les libertés. Ainsi, la Cour européenne des droits de l’homme (CEDH) dans l’affaire Lautsi a demandé en 2009 à l’Italie de retirer les crucifix présents dans les écoles publiques. Suite aux protestations de 20 Etats européens, en général de l’Est, elle a inversé sa jurisprudence le 18 mars dernier. La Cour européenne de Justice de son côté interdit aux assureurs de fixer des primes d’assurance plus faibles pour les femmes qui ont statistiquement moins d’accidents que les hommes, au nom de l’égalité des sexes ! Dans son récent arrêt Hirst, la CEDH a demandé au Royaume-Uni, au nom de l’égalité, de redonner le droit de vote aux condamnés à la prison ce qui a suscité un tollé au Parlement britannique et dans le peuple.

S’agissant de la Suisse, la Cour européenne des droits de l’homme a été saisie par un recours de M. Hafid Ouardiri [3] contre le résultat de la votation populaire interdisant la construction de minarets. Mais des problèmes de procédures pourraient empêcher ce recours d’aboutir. De même, des intellectuels de gauche ont évoqué un recours contre les résultats de la votation populaire exigeant l’expulsion des étrangers condamnés à des crimes graves. Certains pensent qu’il faut restreindre la démocratie directe pour donner la priorité aux droits de l’homme interprétés par des cours européennes. Le juge se substitue alors au peuple et intervient dans la législation : il ne reste plus grand-chose de la séparation des pouvoirs ! C’est le poison de l’égalitarisme qui fait tourner la sauce des droits de l’homme et en fait une arme contre les libertés !

3/ Gouvernements des juges et « recall » aux Etats-Unis

En Amérique où, dans certains Etats, les juges des cours suprêmes sont élus, il existe la procédure de révocation ou « recall » qui est une procédure de démocratie directe. Une pétition de citoyen peut déclencher un référendum pour demander la révocation d’un juge ou d’un gouverneur. L’idée est que le peuple a le droit de révoquer ceux qu’il élit. En effet, le juge n’est qu’un homme et il peut aussi se retourner par idéologie contre la protection des libertés. Il faut alors que le citoyen ait un recours.

4/ Démocratie directe et contrôle de la constitutionnalité

Les systèmes varient selon les pays. En Suisse, un tel contrôle n’existe pas et le peuple peut modifier la constitution par initiative populaire. Aux Etats-Unis, des référendums peuvent avoir lieu sur toutes sortes de sujets dans les 27 Etats fédérés qui le permettent mais le citoyen peut toujours se plaindre du résultat d’un référendum s’il estime que celui-ci viole ses droits. L’ennui est que la Cour annule parfois le résultat : 9 juges ont-ils raison contre la majorité du peuple ? Cela créé un malaise. En Allemagne, c’est le tribunal constitutionnel de chaque Etat fédéré (Land) qui interdit a priori les référendums sur des sujets qu’il déclare inconstitutionnel. Mais alors tout dépend de la jurisprudence : dans certains Etats, les juges ont étouffé la démocratie directe, dans d’autres non !

Conclusion :

Aucun système n’est parfait. En pratique, le contrôle de constitutionnalité a parfois tendance à restreindre abusivement les droits politiques des citoyens. L’oligarchie judiciaire vient alors au secours des autres oligarchies et le peuple est lésé. En fait, la protection des libertés est plus affaire de culture que de droit comme on l’a dit au début. Avec une culture de liberté, contrôle de constitutionnalité ou pas, les libertés fondamentales sont protégées. Avec l’égalitarisme, les droits de l’homme deviennent une arme dévoyée pour réduire la liberté des citoyens et la souveraineté des Etats !

Yvan Blot

Yvan Blot donnera une conférence le lundi 4 avril à l’Hôtel Néva (rez-de-chaussée) 14, rue Brey, 75017 Paris (près de l’Etoile).
Contact : atheneion@free.fr


Article printed from :: Novopress.info France: http://fr.novopress.info

URL to article: http://fr.novopress.info/81539/les-droits-de-lhomme-contre-la-democratie-directe-par-yvan-blot/

URLs in this post:

[1] Fondation Polémia: http://www.polemia.com/

[2] Agir pour la Démocratie directe: http://www.democratiedirecte.fr/

[3] M. Hafid Ouardiri: http://www.tdg.ch/actu/suisse/recours-depose-strasbourg-contre-initiative-anti-minarets-2009-12-15

La visione "corporativa" di Ugo Spirito

Nel 1935, il filosofo Ugo Spirito  (Arezzo, 1896 – Roma, 1979) presentava al Convegno di studi corporativi di Roma la sua relazione – intitolata Corporativismo e libertà – con la quale esprimeva la convinzione che la sfida al capitalismo dovesse essere vinta tanto sul piano tecnico quanto su quello spirituale, marcando una superiorità di tipo gerarchico-totalitario “in cui i valori umani si differenzino al massimo”. La concezione corporativistica di Spirito è infatti una visione, poiché non si derubrica a semplice metodologia, a insieme di processi di funzionalità tecnica, ma si eleva a momento spirituale nel quale la vita sociale si unifica moralmente “nella gioia del dare e del sacrificarsi”; in buona sostanza nel rifiuto di ogni fine privato dell’esistenza. In uno scritto del 1934, significativamente intitolato Il corporativismo come negazione dell’economia, Spirito afferma chiaramente che il corporativismo “non è economia, ma politica, morale, religione, essenza unica della rivoluzione fascista”. E proprio per questa ragione egli parlò di “comunismo gerarchico”, dove il primo termine va inteso in un senso assai distante da qualsiasi dogmatismo marxista-bolscevico; mentre il secondo rimanda alla libertà caratterizzata dal diritto al lavoro che seleziona un’èlite umana in grado di accedere ai vertici della comunità. Il comunismo inteso da Spirito è stile di vita più che sistema politico. Come scriverà nel 1947 in Filosofia del comunismo: “…Il comunismo può dare luogo ad istituzioni sociali e giuridiche…Può tendere ad una vita collettiva in cui il criterio di distribuzione dei beni sia fissato in funzione della produttività di ognuno; può eliminare le sperequazioni più gravi della vita attuale e le forme più chiare di sfruttamento. Ma detto questo risulta altresì è evidente che il comunismo può realizzarsi prima e senza la trasfigurazione della società, [può realizzarsi] in quella più profonda società che è in ognuno di noi – la societas in interiore homine – e che da noi soltanto acquista valore”. Il comunismo di Spirito è quindi più platonico che marxista, nell’affermazione che questo può realizzarsi prima e senza la rivoluzione delle strutture socio-economiche, in quanto rivoluzione interiore delle coscienze. Ma a questo proposito, Ugo Spirito chiarisce ulteriormente il suo punto di vista “Quando spontaneamente e gioiosamente rinuncio al di più, so di avere realizzato, anche nel mezzo del più anticomunistico regime politico, l’ideale del comunismo. Ideale che può sussistere non soltanto in un solo Paese…ma anche e soprattutto in un solo uomo, vale a dire nella coscienza del singolo; là dove può rivelarsi nella pura spiritualità”. Di qui l’apparentemente paradossale affermazione che non è il proletariato a costituire la forza realizzante l’avvento della società comunista – dato che esso aspira in fondo solo al comfort borghese. Soltanto il borghese che ha preso coscienza della metafisica comunista –cioè di una coscienza anticonsumistica – può rappresentare la forza trainante della Rivoluzione. 

Spirito contro la ‘Carta del Lavoro’ del 1927 

Per questo Ugo Spirito percepì come insufficiente la ‘Carta del Lavoro’ del 1927 che conservava gli aspetti di quel mondo borghese-capitalistico contro cui il fascismo, ispirandosi ad un’altra Carta, quella del Carnaro, era sorto. Il fascismo nasceva infatti per contrapporsi all’’individuocrazia’ liberale, affermando l’immanenza dello Stato nelle singole parti che lo compongono. Tuttavia, tentando di conciliare la proprietà privata con il dovere di metterla al servizio della collettività – al di là della reale capacità e volontà politica di trovare la giusta sintesi a tutto ciò – di fatto cedeva alla superiorità della prima, il cui diritto rimaneva intangibile. Nel Convegno di Ferrara del 1932, Spirito propose di tagliare il nodo di Gordio con la spada della “corporazione proprietaria”: tesi con la quale si affermava che la proprietà privata dei mezzi di produzione doveva passare alla corporazione intesa come corpo sociale intermedio tra individuo e Stato. In questo modo la Rivoluzione fascista avrebbe superato quella francese e la sua egoistica rivendicazione della proprietà privata, con un concetto di proprietà non più volto a fare di essa un inalienabile e assoluto diritto dell’individuo, ma una funzione utile all’interesse della Nazione. Concezione che in parte il fascismo faceva propria se pensiamo che la legge sulla Bonifica integrale autorizzava la revoca della proprietà qualora questa fosse stata lasciata inattiva. In ogni caso, se la ‘Carta del Lavoro’ aveva giustapposto l’interesse pubblico e quello privato, la tesi di Spirito tendeva a fonderli nell’identità di capitale e lavoro, di sindacalismo e proprietà. Con la corporazione “proprietaria”, il capitale sarebbe infatti passato dagli azionisti ai lavoratori, i quali avrebbero acquisito la proprietà in base a meriti gerarchici determinati da competenza e impegno. 

L’’eresia’ di Ugo Spirito venne immediatamente tacciata di bolscevismo. Reazione abbastanza scontata, anche perché lo stesso filosofo chiuse la sua relazione ferrarese dichiarò che la proposta da lui fatta andava verso un certo tipo di ‘socialismo nazionale’. Se l’oggi vedeva contrapposti Fascismo e Bolscevismo, il domani sarebbe stato di quel sistema che avrebbe saputo non negare l’altro, ma incorporarlo e superarlo in una forma più elevata. Ragione per cui “il Fascismo ha il dovere di fare sentire che esso rappresenta una forza costruttrice storicamente all’avanguardia, capace di lasciarsi alle spalle, dopo averli riassorbiti, Socialismo e Bolscevismo”. Chiuse il convegno il ministro Giuseppe Bottai (1895 –1959) che difese l’autonomia di corporazione, sindacato, impresa e Stato che Spirito voleva fondere nella già citata ‘corporazione proprietaria’; ma che nel contempo prese le distanze da quelli che, indossata la “maschera di cartone” del liberalismo, consideravano conclusa la sperimentazione corporativa. 

Il periodo della ‘rielaborazione’ 

Negli anni successivi, Ugo Spirito abbandonò la tesi ‘eretica’ sostenuta a Ferrara, pur riaffermando costantemente il carattere pubblicistico della proprietà e dichiarando un controsenso il concepirla privatisticamente. Tanto più che la fondazione dell’IRI sembrò a tutti gli effetti un passo avanti verso il riconoscimento della proprietà come res pubblica, attraverso un deciso intervento dello Stato in economia. Ancora nel 1941, Spirito scriveva in Guerra rivoluzionaria (rimasto inedito fino al 1989) che la Rivoluzione fascista non avrebbe mai condotto ad un comunismo ‘livellatore’, figlio diretto delle democrazie liberali: “Non aristocrazia ereditaria e neppure il suo astratto opposto segnato dalla democrazia maggioritaria, bensì la gerarchia di tutti continuamente formantesi e rinnovantesi nell’assolvimento delle funzioni sociali, dalle più elevate e complesse alle più umili e semplici. Non comunismo, dunque, fondato sul peso della massa come numero, ma ‘comunismo gerarchico’, ossia collaborazione di tutti all’opera comune, determinata in ogni suo aspetto con il solo criterio della competenza”. Proprio in quell’anno, tuttavia, il nuovo Codice civile stabiliva sì la funzione sociale della proprietà, ma ne tutelava comunque il carattere privatistico. La necessità di conseguire scopi sociali veniva affidata dunque all’impulso individuale e all’iniziativa del proprietario secondo la nota favola liberale, stando alla quale dall’interesse privato di alcuni nascerebbe l’utile per tutti. Nulla di strano però, se consideriamo i mille compromessi con le forze borghesi e clericali, con i grandi gruppi finanziari che certamente trovavano sponda e sostegno nella monarchia “borghese” dei Savoia, ai quali era ormai costretto il fascismo. Quando però la trahison des clercs – cioè il vero o presunto abbandono del fascismo da parte della borghesia – e il tradimento del re fecero venire meno la ragione stessa dei compromessi, fu però possibile un’accelerazione dell’evoluzione del sistema corporativo in direzione delle tesi di Spirito. Ma ciò avvenne troppo tardi, soprattutto in quanto il regime aveva ormai di fronte un ostacolo nuovo, oltre che poco disposto a compromessi: la Germania. La necessità da parte di quest’ultima di trasferire in patria lavoratori italiani e di utilizzare pure le industrie ubicate in Nord Italia per le proprie necessità, comportò l’opposizione del generale Hans Leyers, capo della Commissione Guerra e Armamenti del Nord d’Italia, al processo di socializzazione.  

Fu comunque significativo che il ‘Manifesto’ di Verona venne redatto dal segretario del partito Alessandro Pavolini insieme con Nicola Bombacci, e rivisto infine dal duce. Nel documento si parlò di socializzazione, ovvero della cooperazione delle forze del lavoro nella gestione delle imprese, eliminando così il dualismo tra lavoratori e datori di lavoro. Nella sostanza, l’obiettivo era certo quello di un miglioramento delle condizioni di vita degli operai delle industrie – il cui appoggio risultava fondamentale anche per la Repubblica Sociale Italiana – anche se attraverso la ‘socializzazione’  si riproponeva di realizzare una nuova concezione del lavoro, capace di sviluppare un senso di appartenenza, di solidarietà, di responsabilità. Un ethos capace di rivoluzionare il rapporto tra cittadini e quello tra popolo e Stato. Il lavoro si sarebbe ‘spiritualizzato’ poiché il peso fondamentale non sarebbe stato più attribuito alla semplice materialità del possesso dei mezzi di produzione. Ed era poi il senso di quanto il filosofo Giovanni Gentile, maestro di Spirito ebbe a dire in Genesi e struttura della società a proposito dell’Umanesimo del lavoro. Detto ciò, occorre riconoscere che la “corporazione proprietaria” di Spirito si spinse oltre la stessa socializzazione che, in ogni caso, avrebbe conservato il principio della proprietà privata intesa come beneficio esclusivo del capitalista.

 Il ruolo sociale ed etico della Corporazione 

Spirito attribuiva infatti la proprietà dei mezzi di produzione alla corporazione, affermando che la stessa produzione, avendo un ruolo sociale, non avrebbe potuto di conseguenza essere abbandonata all’arbitrio individuale del proprietario. La tesi di Spirito eliminava dunque ogni rischio; ma la socializzazione lasciò però uno spiraglio di cui i capitalisti del Nord seppero approfittare. Essa ebbe comunque il merito di introdurre principi di quel ‘socialismo nazionale’ auspicato da Spirito, riconsegnando dignità spirituale al lavoro e al lavoratore, nel rifiuto di ogni materialismo marxistico, di ogni determinismo storico e della lotta di classe. A guerra conclusa, il CNLAI dominato dai comunisti decretò l’abrogazione della legge sulla socializzazione delle imprese. E mentre il bolscevismo non abolì il capitalismo, la ‘socializzazione’ ebbe il merito di sapere ipotizzare un ‘socialismo nazionale’ assai prossimo alla Volksgemeinschaft, la Comunità di popolo tedesca. Un organismo in grado di eliminare ogni antagonismo di classe e capace di realizzare nelle aziende un modello di Stato nazionalsocialista. Ma la fine del Secondo Conflitto fece naufragare anche questo tentativo rivoluzionario, consentendo al mondo borghese-capitalistico si riappropriarsi dei suoi privilegi. Tuttavia, pochi anni dopo in Filosofia del comunismo, Spirito scriveva ancora: “…la civiltà liberale e borghese ha potuto fare della libertà il monopolio di una classe solo a patto che i molti non liberi ne pagassero il prezzo; ma se oggi la stessa libertà vuole essere rivendicata da tutti, sì che nessuno resti a condizionarne il privilegio, la lotta di classe si muta in lotta di gruppi e di individui, tutti al privilegio anelanti e tutti impegnati nella corsa degli egoismi più sfrenati. La presunta libertà diventa il principio della disgregazione, dell’atomismo e del conseguente caos, del quale già si avvertono i segni premonitori. Perché a questa logica sia dato sottrarsi, occorre vivere di un’altra fede, credere in un nuovo mondo sociale, che vada al di là del liberalismo e realizzi nella comunità degli uomini un ideale che non sia quello del tornaconto del singolo e del calcolo economico di chi guarda alla propria persona come centro del mondo”. Negli anni successivi, questa fede prese per Spirito sempre più il nome di comunismo; ma nonostante una sua certa ammirazione per il mondo sovietico (che ebbe modo di visitare in un viaggio di appena un mese), il comunismo di Spirito si identificava pur sempre in una forma di  ‘corporativismo antindividualistico’ e antimaterialistico che con il realismo sovietico non aveva proprio nulla da spartire. 

Rielaborazioni. La ‘nuova religione’  

Nello scritto del 1958, Cristianesimo e comunismo, Spirito vide nel socialismo e nel comunismo addirittura i veri continuatori della ‘rivoluzione cristiana’ in virtù della rivendicazione della dignità del lavoro nelle sue forme più umili e per la definitiva negazione della proprietà privata, caposaldo della rivoluzione borghese. Il comunismo avrebbe realizzato ciò non con la lotta di partito e con le sue rivendicazioni – che Spirito giudicava  mere continuazioni del mondo borghese – ma trasformandosi in ‘nuova metafisica’ e ‘nuova religione’ fondata sul rifiuto dello stesso principio individualistico. Un ideale compiuto che avrebbe consegnato alle coscienze un programma che “nasce dalla collaborazione di tutti, come ragione d’essere di una vita comune” in cui la volontà di ognuno si risolve nella volontà sociale. “Nessuno appartiene più a se stesso perché ognuno diventa soltanto parte di un organismo e dell’organismo acquista il carattere superiore, la forza, la coscienza e la finalità”. Ora, agli inizi del XXI secolo, dove il principio individualistico e il privilegio borghese sembrano avere trionfato ovunque, al di là del nome che ognuno di noi attribuisce alla ‘nuova fede’ di cui parla Spirito, non si può tralasciare di realizzarla dentro di noi, affinché la civiltà europea possa ancora guardare al futuro con un briciolo di speranza.

Rodolfo Sideri

mardi, 05 avril 2011

Carl Schmitt, the Inquisition, and Totalitarianism

Carl Schmitt, the Inquisition, and Totalitarianism

Arthur VERSLUIS

Ex: http://www.esoteric.msu.edu/

The work of Carl Schmitt, on its face, presents us with enigmas; it is esoteric, arcane, words that recur both in scholarship about Schmitt and in his own writings.  Jan-Wenner Müller observes that Schmitt “employed what has been called a kind of philosophical ‘double talk,’ shifting the meaning of concepts central to his theory and scattering allusions and false leads throughout his work.”[1]  And Müller goes on to remark about Heinrich Meier’s work on Schmitt that ultimately Meier too “lapsed into the kind of double talk, allusiveness, and high-minded esoteric tone so typical of Strauss and, to a lesser extent, Schmitt.”[2]  Indeed, Schmitt himself writes, in The Leviathan in the State Theory of Thomas Hobbes that “like all great thinkers of his times, Hobbes had a taste for esoteric cover-ups.  He said about himself that now and then he made ‘overtures,’ but that he revealed his thoughts only in part and that he acted as people do who open a window only for a moment and closely it quickly for fear of a storm.”[3]  This passage could certainly be applied to Schmitt himself, whose work both makes direct reference to Western esoteric traditions, and itself has esoteric dimensions.  These esoteric allusions and dimensions of Schmitt’s thought are, in fact, vitally important to understanding his work, but the question remains: what place do they have in it?

 

schmitt.jpg

 

Carl Schmitt and Early Modern Western Esotericism

   Much has been made of the exoteric-esoteric distinction in the thought of Leo Strauss.  Some authors suggested that a Straussian esotericism guided the neonconservative cabal within the Bush II administration, after all a secretive group that disdained public opinion and that was convinced of its own invincible rectitude even in the face of facts.[4] It is true that Strauss himself distinguished between an esoteric and an exoteric political philosophy.   In perhaps his most open statement, Strauss writes, coyly, of how “Farabi’s Plato eventually replaces the philosopher-king who rules openly in the virtuous city, by the secret kingship of the philosopher who, being a ‘perfect man,’ precisely because he is an ‘investigator,’ lives privately as a member of an imperfect society which he tries to humanize within the limits of the possible.”[5]  Strauss’s “secret kingship of the philosopher” is, by its nature, esoteric; as in Schmitt’s, there is in Strauss’s work a sense of the implicit superiority of the esoteric political philosopher.

    But in fact those who are searching for esotericism have much more to find in the work of Schmitt, not least because Schmitt’s references to classical Western esotericism are quite explicit.  Schmitt refers directly to Kabbalism and to Rosicrucianism, to Freemasonry, and, most importantly for our purposes, to Gnosticism.  It is quite important, if one is to better understand Schmitt, to investigate the meanings of these explicitly esoteric references in his work.  While there are allusions to such classical Western esoteric currents as Jewish Kabbalah, Rosicrucianism, and Freemasonry scattered throughout Schmitt’s writings, those references are concentrated in Schmitt’s 1938 The Leviathan in the State Theory of Thomas Hobbes.  There are a number of reasons why Western esoteric currents should form a locus in this particular work, among them the fact that many of these traditions (notably, Rosicrucianism, Freemasonry, and Christian theosophy) emerged precisely in the early modern period of Hobbes himself and so correctly, as Schmitt recognized, represent historical context as well as contribute to Schmitt’s larger argument.

   But what is Schmitt’s larger argument regarding these esoteric currents?  There is little to indicate, at first glance, that Schmitt is derogating these esoteric currents—even the references to the Kabbalistic interpretation of leviathan, which come on the wake of Schmitt’s notorious 1936 conference on Judaism and jurisprudence, are not immediately recognizable as anti-semitic.  Schmitt’s own overview of his argument is instructive.  He summarizes the first chapter as covering the “Christian-theological and Jewish-cabbalistic interpretations” of the symbol of leviathan, and “the possibilities of a restoration of the symbol by Hobbes.”[6]  A restoration indicates a prior fall: this is our first clue.  Schmitt’s treatise on Hobbesian state theory is also an occasion for Schmitt’s diagnosis of modernity as socio-political decline, and in this decline, (in Schmitt’s view), esoteric currents played a part.  Hence he references the seminal twentieth-century French esoterist René Guénon’s La Crise du monde moderne (1927), and specifically Guénon’s observation that the collapse of medieval civilization into early modernity by the seventeenth century could not have happened without hidden forces operating in the background.[7]

   Both Schmitt and Guénon came from a Catholic background and perspective—and Guénon’s broader thesis was that the advent of early modernity represented one stage in a much larger tableau of decline in which modernity (representing the kali yuga or final age) would conclude in the appearance of the Antichrist and the end of the world.  In this Guénonian tableau of decline, the emergence of individualistic Protestantism represented an important step downward from the earlier corporate unity of Catholicism, and a similar perspective inheres in Schmitt’s work, no doubt why he alludes to Guénon in the first place.  Hence, in the important Chapter V of Leviathan, Schmitt refers to the “separation of inner from outer and public from private” that emerged during the early modern period, and in particular to “secret societies and secret orders, Rosicrucians, freemasons, illuminates, mystics and pietists, all kinds of sectarians, the many ‘silent ones in the land,’ and above all, the restless spirit of the Jew who knew how to exploit the situation best until the relation of public and private, deportment and disposition was turned upside down.”[8]

   At this point, we can see Schmitt’s perspective is implicitly critical of the subjectification and inward or contemplative turn characteristic of those who travel “the secret road” “that leads inward.”  He opposes the split between private spiritual life and public life, which Schmitt associates with Judaism as well as with Protestantism and the profusion of esoteric groups during this period—and by implication, affirms a unified, corporate inner and outer life that is characteristic of Catholicism.  Schmitt remarks that “as differently constituted as were the Masonic lodges, conventicles, synagogues, and literary circles, as far as their political attitudes were concerned, they all displayed by the eighteenth century their enmity toward the leviathan elevated to a symbol of state.”[9]  He sees Protestantism and the variety of esoteric groups or currents during the early modern period as symptomatic—like Guénon, he sees the emergence of modernity as a narrative of cultural disintegration. 

   Like Hobbes himself, Schmitt is pessimistic about the human condition.  Still, in Schmitt’s view, Hobbes was not proposing that human beings flee from the state of nature into a monstrous state leviathan, but rather was arguing for total state power only insofar as it guaranteed protection and security.  Hence, Schmitt writes, one’s obedience to the state is payment for protection, and when protection ceases, so too does the obligation to obey.[10]  The leviathan serves to diagnose the artificial, gigantic mechanism of the modern state, and to symbolize that state as an intermediate stage that can restrain or postpone the larger decline that modernity represents.  In Leviathan, Schmitt isn’t extolling the leviathan state or totalism, but rather coyly stops short—even though it is clear that he seeks a political alternative to the split between inner and outer life represented by the inward turn of esoteric groups and individuals, and by the subjectification represented by Romanticism during the early modern period. Schmitt belongs to the world of jurisprudence, to the realm of weighing and deciding, and one can see this in his treatment of esoteric groups, in which he acknowledges their differences—but he clearly has ‘placed’ them in his larger narrative as indicative of the fragmentation represented by modernity.

   It becomes clearer, then, how Schmitt could have seen in National Socialism a secular alternative to modernity.  Fascism represented for him, at least potentially, the re-unification of inner and outer life, a kind of modern re-unification of the mythic and spiritual with the outer public life.  It at first seemed to conform to the Hobbesian notion that in exchange for obedience, one receives protection from the state; it represented a new form of corporatism as an alternative to the socio-political disintegration represented by parliamentary democracy in the Weimar era; and it even offered an apparent unity of esoteric and exoteric through its use of symbolism and mythology in the service of the state.  But to the extent that he allied with the Nazis, Schmitt was consciously siding with the Inquisitors, and with totalistic state power.  In retrospect and by comparison, perhaps the “secret road” inward as represented by eighteenth-century esotericism was not quite so bad as all that.  Yet to understand more completely Schmitt in relation to the esoteric, we must turn to a subject he treats somewhat more explicitly: Gnosticism.

 Carl Schmitt and Gnosticism

   Schmitt writes that oppositions between friend and enemy are “of a spiritual sort, as is all man’s existence.”[11]  In Politische Theologie II, he writes that Tertullian is the prototype of the theological possibilities of specific judicial thinking, and refers to him as the “jurist Tertullian.”[12]  Heinrich Meier discusses Schmitt’s indebtedness to Tertullian and in fact remarks that “Tertullian’s guiding principle We are obliged to something not because it is good but because God commands it accompanies Schmitt through all the turns and vicissitudes of his long life.”[13]  What is it about Tertullian that Schmitt found so fascinating that he returned to his work again and again?  Divine authority as presented by Tertullian divides men: obedience to divine authority divides the orthodox from the heretics, the “friends of God” from the “enemies of God,” and the political theologian from the secular philosopher.  Here we are reminded of perhaps Tertullian’s most famous outcry: “What then does Athens have to do with Jerusalem?  What does the Academy have to do with the Church?  What do the heretics have to do with Christians?”[14]  Tertullian was, of course, a fierce enemy of Gnosticism, and his works, especially De praescriptione haereticorum, belong to the genre of heresiophobic literature. 

   Now with Tertullian’s antignosticism in mind, we should turn to the afterword of Schmitt’s Politische Theologie II, in which “gnostische Dualismus” figures prominently.  There, Schmitt remarks that Gnostic dualism places a God of Love, strange to this world, in opposition to the lord and creator of this evil world, the two conflicting in a kind of “cold war.”[15]  This he compares to the Latin motto noted by Goethe in Dichtung und Wahrheit, “nemo contra deum nisi deus ipse”—only a god can oppose a god.[16]  With these references, Schmitt is alluding to the Gnostic dualism attributed to the Gnostic Marcion, who reputedly posited two Gods, one a true hidden God, the other an ignorant creator God. 

  What is important here, for our purposes, is the underlying theme of heresy and orthodoxy.  As is well-known, for Schmitt, especially from Der Begriff des Politischen onward, the political world is defined in terms of the well-known Schmittean distinction between friend and foe.  But not so often remarked is that this friend-foe distinction can be traced directly back to the anti-heresiology of Tertullian.  Tertullian devoted a considerable number of pages to the refutation of Marcion in five books, and in particular attacked what he perceived as Marcionitic docetism.  In “Against the Valentinians,” Tertullian attacked “certain heretics who denied the reality of Christ’s flesh,” first among these heretics being, again, Marcion.[17]  For Tertullian, historicity is paramount: the docetic view that Christ did not come in the flesh but belongs to another world—this is unbearable to him.  Tertullian devotes hundreds of pages to detailing and attacking the works of those he designates heretical, and (perhaps ironically, given Tertullian’s venomous diatribes) compares them to scorpions full of venom.

   So virulent is Tertullian in his hatred of those he perceives as heretics that he goes so far as to imagine that “There will need to be carried on in heaven persecution [of Christians] even, which is the occasion of confession or denial.”[18]  Here we begin to see the dynamic that impels Tertullian’s hatred of those he designates as heretical.  On the one hand, Tertullian belongs in the context of Roman persecution of Christians as a whole—but on the other hand, he in turn carries on an intellectual persecution of heretics whom he sees as scorpions, that is, as vermin.[19]  Thus we see Tertullian’s perception of himself as defender of the historicist orthodox, the strength of whose identity comes on the one hand, from affirmation of faith in the historical Christ against the Romans, on the other hand, from rejection of the Gnostics who seek to transcend history and who affirm, for example, a docetic Christ.  Tertullian’s very identity exists by definition through negation—he requires the persecution of “heretics.”  Tertullian is the veritable incarnation of a friend/enemy dynamic, and he exists and defines himself entirely through such a dynamic.  We can even go further, and suggest that the background of persecution by the Romans in turn inevitably impels the persecuted historicist Christians to themselves become persecutors of those whom they deem heretics—a dynamic that continues throughout the subsequent history of Christianity (from the medieval condemnation of Eckhart right through the various forms of early modern and modern anti-mysticism within Protestant and Catholic Christianity alike).[20]  Tertullian, for all his fulminations against what he imagines as Gnostic dualism, is in fact himself the ultimate dualist [or duelist].  He cannot exist without historical enemies, without persecutors and without those whom he can persecute in his turn.

   Thus we begin to see the reasons for Schmitt’s endorsement of Tertullian as the paradigmatic jurist theologian and political theologian.  For Tertullian, Christ’s historicity is paramount—exactly as is the case with Schmitt himself.  In Nomos of the Earth, Schmitt proposes the historical importance within Christianity of the concept of the katechon, or “restrainer” that makes possible Christian empires whose center was Rome, and that “meant the historical power to restrain the appearance of the Antichrist and the end of the present eon.”[21] The concept of the katechon is derived from an obscure Pauline verse: II Thessalonians 2.6-7, “And you know what is restraining him now so that he may be revealed in his time.  For the mystery of lawlessness is already at work; only he who now restrains it will do so until he is out of the way.”  This passage is in the larger context of a Pauline warning against the “activity of Satan” among those who are “sent” a “strong delusion” by God himself [!] “so that all may be condemned who did not believe the truth (II.2.11).”  The katechon represents, for Schmitt, an “historical concept” of “potent historical power” that preserves the “tremendous historical monolith” of a Christian empire because it “holds back” nothing less than the eschatological end of history.[22] The Pauline context in Thessalonians can be read to support institutional Christianity as a prosecutorial power. In any case, the katechon makes intellectually possible (in Schmitt’s view) the emergence of the Christian empire oriented toward Rome and itself now a juridical, prosecutorial or persecutorial imperial power within history. 

   Now I am not arguing that Schmitt’s work—and in particular his emphasis on the role of antagonism and hostility as defining politics, nor his emphasis on historicity—derives only from Tertullian.  Rather, I hold that Schmitt refers to Tertullian because he finds in him a kindred spirit, and what is more, that there really is a continuity between Schmitt’s thought and the anti-heretical writings of Tertullian.  Both figures require enemies.  Schmitt goes so far as to write, in The Concept of the Political, that without the friend-enemy distinction “political life would vanish altogether.”[23]  And in the afterword to Political Theology II, Schmitt—in the very passages in which he refers to Gnosticism and in particular to dualism—ridicules modern “detheologization” [Die Enttheologisierung] and “depoliticization” [Die Entpolitisierung] characteristic of a liberal modernity based upon production, consumption, and technology.  What Schmitt despises about depoliticizing or detheologizing is the elimination of conflict and the loss thereby of the agonistic dimension of life without which, just as Tertullian wrote, the juridical trial  and judging of humanity cannot take place.  Tertullian so insists upon the primacy of persecution/prosecution that he projects it even into heaven itself.  Schmitt restrains himself to the worldly stage, but he too insists upon conflict as the basis of the political and of history; and both are at heart dualists.

   Why, after all, was Schmitt so insistent upon what he called “political theology”?  In the very term, there is a uneasy conjunction of the worldly sphere of politics with what usually would be construed as the otherworldly sphere of theology.  But Tertullian represents the forced convergence of these two spheres—in some central respects, Tertullian symbolizes the point at which Christianity shifted from the persecuted by Rome to the persecutor from Rome, the shift from Christ’s saying that His Kingdom is not of this world, to the assertion of Christendom as a political-theological entity and of the possibility of Christian empire—that is, of the compression together and perhaps even the merger of politics and theology.  This forced convergence of politics and theology could not take place without the absolute insistence upon an historical Christ and on the paramount importance of the horizontal, that is, of history itself (as opposed to and indeed, founded on the explicit rejection of the transcendence of history or of the vertical dimensions represented by gnosis).

   The work of Schmitt belongs to the horizontal realm of dualistic antagonism that requires the antinomies of friends and enemies and perpetual combat.  Schmitt is a political and later geopolitical theorist whose political theology represents, not an opening into the transcendence of antagonism, but rather an insistence upon antagonism and combat as the foundation of politics that reflects Tertullian’s emphasis on antagonism toward heretics as the foundation of theology.  When Schmitt writes, in The Concept of the Political, that “a theologian ceases to be a theologian when he . . . no longer distinguishes between the chosen and the nonchosen,” we begin to see how deeply engrained is his fundamental dualism.[24]  This dualism is bound up with Schmitt’s insistence upon “the fundamental theological dogma of the evilness of the world and man” and his adamant rejection of those who deny original sin, i.e., “numerous sects, heretics, romantics, and anarchists.”[25]  Thus “the high points of politics are simultaneously the moments in which the enemy is, in concrete clarity, recognized as the enemy.”[26]  The enemy, here, just as in Tertullian’s work, is those deemed to be heretical.

   Here we should recognize a certain irony.  Tertullian, we will recall, railed against the Gnostics because they supposedly were dualists and because some of them reputedly held that humanity was deluded and that the world was evil.[27]  Yet much of mainstream Christianity, like Tertullian himself, itself came to espouse a fierce dualism and an insistence on the evil nature of humanity and of the world.  Even when it is clear, as in the case of Valentinus, that his thought includes the transcendence of dualism, Tertullian cannot bring himself to recognize this transcendence because his mind works on the level of the juridical only—he is compelled to attack; indeed, his entire worldview is constructed around those whom he rejects, ridicules, refuses to recognize as in any way legitimate—around those whom he sees as his enemies.  And this fierce dualism, this need for that which is construed as heretical, as the enemy, is exactly what Schmitt’s work also reflects. 

   As perhaps Tertullian once did, Schmitt too came up against the command of Christ to “love your enemies” (Matt. 5.44; Luke 6.27).  His interpretation of it is befitting a wily attorney—he takes it only on a personal level.  “No mention is made of the political enemy,” Schmitt writes.  “Never in the thousand-year struggle between Christians and Moslems did it occur to a Christian to surrender rather than to defend Europe,” he continues, and the commandment of Christ in his view “certainly does not mean that one should love and support the enemies of one’s own people.”[28]  Thus, Christ can be interpreted as accepting political antagonism and even war—while forgiving one’s personal enemies along the way.  Schmitt conveniently overlooks the fact that nowhere in the New Testament can Christ be construed as endorsing, say, political war against Rome—His Kingdom is not of this world.  Is it really so easy to dismiss the power of the injunction to love one’s enemies?

   There is more.  For Schmitt’s distinction between the personal and the political here makes possible what his concept of the katechon also does: Christian empire.  Here we see the exact point at which the Christian message can be seen to shift from the world-transmuting one of forgiving one’s enemies to the worldly one that leads inexorably toward the very imperial authority and power against which Christ himself stood as an alternative exemplar.  “My Kingdom is not of this world,” Christ said.  But somehow a shift took place, and suddenly Christ was being made to say that his kingdom is of this world, that rather than forgiving one’s enemies, one should implacably war against them.  Thus we have the emergence of Christian empire.  But the collapse of feudalism and of the medieval polis, and the emergence of modernity ultimately meant the de-politicization of the world—the absence of enemies, of heretics, of those against whom others can define themselves—none other than the cultural vacuum represented by technological-consumerist modern society.

 

 Conclusions

   And so we again reach the argument that I began to suggest in “Voegelin’s Antignosticism and the Origins of Totalitarianism,” but from a very different angle.  There, I argued that rather than attempting (like Voegelin and his acolytes) to blame the victims—the Gnostics and ‘heretics’—for the advent of modernity and for totalitarianism, it might be more reasonable to take a closer look at the phenomenon of the Inquisition and of historicist Christianity (particularly millennialist Christianity) for the origins of modern secular chiliasm.  After all, it wasn’t the heretics or the Gnostics who burned people at the stake, or created institutional torture chambers, or who slaughtered the Albigensians.  Rather, it was the institutional church that did this. Our analysis of Schmitt’s work has brought us, unexpectedly, back to the same general terrain.

   It is worth remarking, however unpleasant it might be to admit it, that as Mao or Pol Pot did when their policies meant the deaths of millions, so too the Church itself did when it burned at the stake the great mystic Marguerite Porete, or the brilliant author Giordano Bruno and many others for heresy—all of these institutional murderers believed at least in part that they killed people for their own good, or at least, for the better good, and in order to realize some better state upon earth in the near future.  How is it that the medieval Church was so unwilling to allow the Albigensians their freedom and their own traditions?  Why was it so impossible to regard them as Christian brethren and not as enemies to be slaughtered?  By slaughtering those deemed heretics, one hastens the historical millennium of Christ’s kingdom upon earth, or so the logic goes.  Secular chiliasm in the technological modern world like that analyzed by Pellicani is only a more extensive and brutal form of the same phenomenon, whose origins are to be found in historicist Christianity, not among those victims of it that were deemed heretical.[29]

   Schmitt’s work belongs to the juridical tradition of Tertullian and he inherits Tertullian’s need for enemies, for heretics by which one can define oneself.  Thus it was not too difficult for Schmitt to organize the 1936 conference to weigh the “problem” of “the Jews”—he was predisposed toward the division of “us” and “them” by the triumphant Western historicist Christian tradition that peremptorily and with the persistence of two thousand years, rejected “heretics” who espoused gnosis and, all too frequently, rejected even the possibility of transcending dualism.  Indeed, Schmitt’s work allows us to see more clearly the historical current that was operative in National Socialism as well as in Mussolini’s Fascist party—and that brought Schmitt to open his 1936 conference remarks with the words of Hitler: “In that I defend myself against the Jews, I struggle to do the work of the Lord.”[30]  The murder of heretics has a theological origin; the murder of secular opponents has a political origin—but often the two are not so far apart, and so one could even speak of political theology in which to be the enemy is to be de facto heretical. 

   Thus, after the “Night of the Long Knives” and after Goebbels and Himmler carried out the murder of various dissidents, Schmitt published an article defending the right of the Third Reich and its leader to administer peremptory justice—and, in an interview published in the party newspaper Der Angriff,  defending none other than the Inquisition as a model of jurisprudence.[31]  Schmitt argued there that when Pope Innocent III created the juridical basis for the Inquisition, the Church inaugurated perhaps the “most humane institution conceivable” because it required a confession.  Of course, he goes on, the subsequent advent of confessions extracted by torture was unfortunate, but in terms of legal history, he thought the Inquisition a fine model of humane justice.  He managed to overlook the fact that the “crimes,” both in the case of the Inquisition and in the case of National Socialism in mid-1930s Germany, were primarily “crimes” of dissidence.

   Here we begin to consider the larger question of ideocracy as characteristic of modernity.  Ideocracy has nothing to do with Gnosticism or gnosis—but it might well have something to do with those who require enemies in order to define themselves, and with those who are willing to torture and slaughter in the name of some forthcoming imagined religious or secular millennium.  It is rigid ideocracy we see at work in the unreadable pronouncements of Communist China defending their occupation of Tibet and the insanity of the Cultural Revolution; it is rigid ideocracy at work in the pronouncements of Stalinist Russia, behind which millions upon millions lie dead.  Secular millennialism requires a rigid historicism—faith in history is necessary, a belief that one can remake this world and human society into a new historical model, even if the price is murder and torture.  Schmitt was a subtle thinker and very learned, no question of that.  His work offers us insights into the nature of modernity, into geopolitics, and into politics as combat.  But his work also, unexpectedly, throws light on the intellectual origins of modern ideocracies in early and medieval historicist, anti-heresiological Christianity.

 


[1] See Jan-Werner Müller, A Dangerous Mind: Carl Schmitt in Post-War European Thought, (New Haven: Yale UP, 2003), p. 7

[2] Ibid., p. 205

[3] See Carl Schmitt, G. Schwab, trs.,  The Leviathan in the State Theory of Thomas Hobbes, (Westport: Greenwood, 1996), p. 26.

[4] See Hugh Urban, “Religion and Secrecy in the Bush Administration: The Gentleman, the Prince, and the Simulacrum,” in Esoterica VII(2005): 1-38.

[5] See Leo Strauss, Persecution and the Art of Writing, (Chicago: U. of Chicago P., 1952), p. 17; Leo Strauss, “Farabi’s Plato,” Louis Ginzberg Jubilee Volume, New York: American Academy for Jewish Research, 1945), pp. 357-393, p. 384.

[6] Schmitt, Leviathan, op. cit., p. 3.

[7] Ibid., p. 29.

[8] Ibid., p. 60.

[9] Ibid., p. 62.

[10] Ibid., pp. 96-97.

[11] See Heinrich Meier, Carl Schmitt and Leo Strauss: The Hidden Dialogue, (Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1995), p. 59, citing The Concept of the Political  (1933 ed.) III.9.

[12] See Schmitt, Politische Theologie II, (Berlin: Duncker und Humblot, 1970), p. 103, to wit: “Für eine Besinnung auf die theologischen Möglichkeiten spezifisch justischen Denkens ist Tertullian der Prototyp.”

[13] Heinrich Meier, The Lesson of Carl Schmitt, (Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1998), p. 92.

[14] See Meier, op. cit., p. 94, citing Tertullian, De praescriptione haereticorum, VII. 9-13: “Quid ergo Athenis et Hierosolymis?  Quid academiae et ecclesiae?  Quid haereticis et Christianis?”

[15] Schmitt, PTII, op. cit., p. 120: “Der gnostische Dualismus setzt einen Gott der Liebe, einen welt-fremden Gott, als den Erlöser-Gott gegen den gerechten Gott, den Herrn und Schöpfer dieser bösen Welt. . . [einer Art gefährlichen Kalten Krieges]”.

[16] Ibid., p. 122. 

[17] See A. Roberts and J. Donaldson, eds., Ante-Nicene Fathers, (Edinburgh: T & T Clark, 1989), III.521.

[18] Ibid., III. 643.

[19] See Tertullian’s treatise “Scorpiace,” op. cit., III.633-648.

[20] Here we might remark that Western forms of Christianity are strikingly different in this respect from those in the Eastern Church, where mysticism remained (however uneasily at times) incorporated into orthodoxy itself and not imagined as inherently inimical to orthodoxy.

[21] See Carl Schmitt, The Nomos of the Earth in the International Law of the Jus Publicum Europaeum, G.L. Ulmen, trs., (New York: Telos, 2003), pp. 59-60.

[22] Ibid., p. 60.

[23] Carl Schmitt, G. Schwab, trs., The Concept of the Political, (New Brunswick: Rutgers, 1976), p. 51.

[24] Ibid., p. 64.

[25] Ibid., p. 65.

[26] Ibid., p. 67.

[27] I write “supposedly” dualist and “reputedly” held the world to be evil because these accusations, repeated by Tertullian and several other ante-Nicene Fathers, are hardly borne out as characteristics of all the works we see in the Nag Hammadi library, the collection of actual Gnostic writings discovered in 1945. 

[28] Ibid., p. 29.

[29] See Luciano Pellicani, Revolutionary Apocalypse: Ideological Roots of Terrorism, (Westport: Praeger, 2003), pp. xi. I wholeheartedly agree with Pellicani’s basic thesis that “The expansion on a planetary scale of a new form of chiliasm that substituted transcendence with absolute immanence and paradise with a classless and stateless society is the most extraordinary and shattering historical-cultural phenomenon of the secular age.” But this “new form of chiliasm” has nothing whatever to do with Gnosticism as an actual historical phenomenon.  One cannot find a single instance in late antiquity among the Gnostics themselves for such a phenomenon—but if one were to refer instead to “the destructive calling of modern pseudo­-gnostic revolution” that seeks to “purify the existing through a policy of mass terror and annihilation,” Pellicani’s thesis would no longer be quite as subject to the criticism of an anachronistic misuse of terms.  Later in the book, Pellicani discusses the cases of the Pol Pot regime and of Communist China—both of which illustrate his larger thesis well.  But neither of these have anything whatever to do with the phenomenon of Gnosticism in any historically meaningful sense. Even Voegelin himself expressed doubts about attempting to apply “Gnosticism” to the case of Communist Russia—let alone to Cambodia!  Such cases could be construed to illustrate a uniquely modern pseudo-gnosticism—though one could with more accuracy dispense entirely with the dubious references to “Gnosticism” and simply refer to secular millennialism.

[30] See Carl Schmitt, “Das Judentum in der deutschen Rechtswissenschaft,” in “Die deutsche Rechtswissenschaft im Kampf gegen den jüdischen Geist,” in Deutsche Juristen-Zeitung, 41(15 Oct. 1936)20:1193-1199, cited in Gopal  Balakrishnan, The Enemy: An Intellectual Portrait of Carl Schmitt, (London: Verso, 2000), p. 206.

[31] See “Können wir uns vor Justizirrtum schützen?” Der Angriff, 1 Sept. 1936, cited in Andreas Koenen, Der Fall Carl Schmitt, (Darmstadt: Wissenschaftliche, 1995), p. 703; see also Balakrishnan, op. cit., pp. 202-203.

vendredi, 18 mars 2011

La démocratie et le mythe du long fleuve tranquille

La démocratie et le mythe du long fleuve tranquille

par Jean-Gilles MALLIARAKIS

Ex: http://www.insolent.fr/

100310L'ignorance de l'Histoire, et même le mépris pour ses enseignements les plus ordinaires a toujours causé le plus grand tort à nos dirigeants. Ce travers s'est aggravé dès lors qu'une mode a voulu considérer que rien d'important ne s'est passé dans le monde antérieurement à l'année 1963 qui vit la mort de John Fitzgerald Kennedy. Supposée, quand même, plus enracinée dans le passé l'Histoire de l'orient commence généreusement aux dires de nos commentateurs agréés dès 1952, avec les officiers libres nassériens.

 

Dans les années 1920 Henri Lammens (1) annonçait, contre tous les sachants, tous les faux spécialistes et autres francs-maçons du grand orient de France, le réveil islamique. On ne l'a pas cru.

Tout cela recommence encore, hélas, chaque jour. Des monceaux d'absurdités sont déversés à propos des événements survenus, depuis le début de cette année, au Maghreb et au Proche orient, puis sur la Libye. À peine vieilles de six semaines, les involutions de l'Égypte et de la Tunisie étaient présentées comme des tournants définitifs, aboutissant à des situations figées et irrévocables.

De ces fleuves naissants, aux sources mal explorées, qui pourrait cependant soutenir qu'il connaît d'ores et déjà l'embouchure ?

Salués pour magnifiques, ces troubles n'ont jusqu'ici produit, en effet, que la chute des gouvernements. Certes on peut tenir ces régimes arabes pour sénescents, presque autant que notre Cinquième république. On les jugera probablement corrompus puisqu'ils sont dirigés par les amis de nos ministres intègres. Mais pour l'instant les transitions sont assumées au gré de l'arbitrage des militaires. Pas bien représentatif pour une démocratie.

Dès que les Libyens ont commencé à bouger, on a jugé inéluctable la victoire du peuple, la déconfiture du tyran, et donc l'établissement paisible de la démocratie sur les décombres de la dictature.

Les architectes virtuels d'un Westminster futur de la Cyrénaïque se demandent seulement si la maison Hermès pourra fournir à temps les cuirs verts de la chambre des Communes et les rouges de la chambre des Lords. Et Comme tout va très vite, on s'interroge quand même sur la pertinence de recourir à John Galliano pour dessiner la perruque des juges. Le bon goût change à chaque instant, dès lors qu'il se passe quelque chose aux Galeries Lafayette.

Les jours du clown sanglant de Tripoli étaient comptés, Juppé dixit. En matière de prédiction, voilà une référence qui fait trembler.

Le "frangin" (2) Ollier remballait très vite sa présidence de "France-Libye", presque aussi discrètement qu'il l'avait exercée. Curieusement, en notre temps, si affolé pourtant de ragots, de rumeurs et de faux scandales, celui-ci ne semble, à ce jour, intéresser personne. À défaut de faire travailler l'industrie d'armement on allait fournir des contrats au commerce du luxe. Les champions nationaux sont sauvés. Tout allait bien. De mieux en mieux plutôt, puisqu'on n'arrête pas le progrès.

Un peu de patience quand même, s'il vous plaît. La démocratie exemplaire britannique ne s'est instituée, chez ce très grand peuple, qu'après deux révolutions (3) et, plus encore, après trois siècles de fonctionnement du régime parlementaire. Il faut n'avoir rien lu de Jacqueline de Romilly qui, pourtant, admirait tant la démocratie athénienne, pour croire que celle-ci résume à elle seule l'Histoire et la pensée de l'Antiquité grecque, et encore plus pour imaginer que cette "invention" fonctionnait dans des conditions analogues à celles que nous connaissons de nos jours, et qu'hélas nous pouvons en partie déplorer.

Croire naïvement qu'il suffit d'une étincelle pour mettre le feu à la prairie, et plus encore pour imaginer que cet incendie, après avoir éclairé le monde, réchauffera nécessairement les peuples convient sans doute à notre époque superficielle et décadente. Tout, tout de suite, sans effort, sans lutte, sans douleur. Nietzsche y voyait la marque du nihilisme. "Point de berger un seul troupeau". On pourrait y voir aussi l'annonce de bien des désillusions.

JG Malliarakis
 

Apostilles

  1. cf. "l'Islam croyances et institutions" pp 183-225.
  2. cf. Le Point n° 2001 du 20 janvier 2011 page 50.
  3. cf. "Les Deux Révolutions d'Angleterre" par Edmond Sayous

Vous pouvez entendre l'enregistrement de notre chronique
sur le site de Lumière 101

Bonald's Theory of the Nobility

Bonald’s Theory of the Nobility

F. Roger Devlin

Ex: http://www.counter-currents.com/

bonald.jpgUnlike Edmund Burke and Joseph de Maistre, Louis de Bonald devoted little space to analyzing the French Revolution itself. His focus instead was on understanding the traditional society which had been swept away. His review of Mme. de Staël’s Considerations on the Principal Events of the French Revolution, e.g., ends up turning into a theory of the nobility and its function. Bonald scholar Christopher Olaf Blum calls this “his most original contribution to the theory of the counter-revolution.”

Any advanced society requires men who devote themselves to the public good in preference to the private good of their families. This is particularly so in the professions of law and war: Bonald calls judges and warriors “merely the internal and external means of society’s conservation,” and hence the two fundamentally political or public professions.

To entice men into public service, two things are required. First, such men must be economically independent. They cannot rely on the changeable will of an employer who pays them a salary, however generous. Nor would their public duties allow them leisure to busy themselves with commerce. Therefore they must be landholders.

Second, men must be socialized to see public service as an honor and a distinction:

The [pre-revolutionary] constitution said to every private family: “when you have fulfilled your destination in domestic society, which is to acquire an independent property through work, order and thrift—when, that is, you have acquired enough that you have no need of others and are able to serve the state at your own expense, from your own income and, if necessary, with your capital—the greatest honor to which you can aspire will be to pass into the order particularly devoted to the service of the state.

In reality, this is a kind of noble fiction: the service nobility’s “distinction, by a strange reversal of conceptions, has seemed, even to them, to be a prerogative, while it is in fact nothing but servitude.” Their own interest would dictate their continued devotion to their families and the concerns of private life.

Pre-revolutionary France had a remarkable way of filling public offices: they were sold. Known as the “venality of offices,” the system is most often cited as an example of the irrationality of the ancien régime’s finances. Liberal historians especially have criticized the system for delaying the onset of large-scale capitalism in France: instead of expanding their commercial operations indefinitely, successful merchants would convert their fortunes into land in order to purchase more ‘honorable’ offices for themselves or their sons. Bonald warmly defends the custom:

There could be no more moral institution than one which, by the most honorable motive, gave an example of disinterestedness to men devoured by a thirst for money in a society in which the passion was a fertile source of injustice and crime. There could be no better policy than to stop, by a powerful yet voluntary means, and by the motive of honor, the immoderate accumulation of wealth in the same hands.

A large payment for occupying offices of public trust, he says, functioned as proof of a candidate’s independence and disinterestedness. The ‘opening of careers  to talents’ (which the Revolution made such a fuss over) merely encouraged bribery and endless strife over who was talented. Open venality was, strange to say, the more objective procedure.

Bonald contrasts the service nobility of France favorably with what he calls the political nobility of England: the English peers were “no body of nobles destined to serve political power but a senate destined to exercise it.” Nor were they wholly devoted to public duties: “The peer who makes laws for three months of the year sells linens for the other nine.”

The liberal might respond that “private” linen merchants are serving the public just as much as judges or military men: they provide merchandise to the “general public.” Contemporary libertarians have effectively satirized the notion of “public servants” who consume half our incomes, while “selfish businessmen” labor so that we may feed, clothe, and house ourselves more cheaply than any people in history.

Bonald mentions someone’s suggestion that actors be considered “public servants” since they perform for the public: this notion was universally and deservedly ridiculed, even by many who could not explain why actors were not “public men.”

The case with merchants is similar: “the merchant who arranges for a whole fleet of sugar and coffee serves individuals no less than the shopkeeper who sells them to me.” But the soldier who sacrifices his life for his country does not act merely for the benefit of the particular persons who make up the country at a particular moment. Justice has a similar irreducibly impersonal or universal intention: it is ideally “blind” or without regard for persons. Economic thinking cannot account for these types of human action.

(The philosophically inclined may wish to consult my discussion of the essential difference between universalist vs. particularist action in Alexandre Kojeve and the Outcome of Modern Thought, p. 92ff. Bonald’s views on this matter are quite similar to Hegel’s.)

It should be acknowledged that Bonald’s theory of the nobility is an idealizing interpretation. Since the time of Louis XIV, the grande noblesse at Versailles had not performed much of any function, and well before the Revolution, many noblemen bore a closer resemblance to the dissolute characters in Les liaisons dangereuses than to the ideal type described by Bonald. As Blum says, “in making [his] argument, [Bonald] was a reformer, for the French nobility had shown itself willing to jettison its duties in favor of the kind of freedom that would enable them, the wealthy, to dominate more effectively and without the hindrance of traditional strictures.”

Recommended reading:

Louis de Bonald
The True & Only Wealth of Nations: Essays on Family, Economy, & Society
Translated by Christopher Olaf Blum
Naples, Fla.: Sapientia Press of Ave Maria University, 2006

Critics of the Enlightenment: Readings in the French Counter-Revolutionary Tradition
Edited and translated by Christopher Olaf Blum
Wilmington, Del.: ISI Books, 2004

Louis de Bonald
On Divorce
Translated and edited by Nicholas Davidson
New Brunswick, N.J.: Transaction Publishers, 1992

TOQ Online, Dec. 4, 2009

vendredi, 11 mars 2011

G. Adinolfi: "Het fascisme heeft de antwoorden op de huidige problemen"

adi2.png

Gabriele Adinolfi: "Het fascisme heeft de antwoorden op de huidige problemen"

Gabriele Adinolfi is een van de meest prominente non-conformistische intellectuelen van Italië. Deze sterk door Julius Evola beïnvloede nationaal-revolutionaire militant heeft twintig jaar in gedwongen Franse ballingschap geleefd. Van zijn hand zijn twee opmerkelijke recente werken: Nos belles années de plomb (Onze mooie loden jaren) uit 2004 en Pensées Corsaires. Abécédaire de lutte et de victoire (Kapersgedachten. Het ABC van strijd en van overwinning) uit 2008. Hij staat méér dan ooit in het brandpunt van de strijd in Italië en heeft toegestemd om enkele vragen van ons te beantwoorden.

Rivarol: Allereerst, meneer Adinolfi, kunt u – die een zeer ervaren militant bent en talloze offers voor het fascistische ideaal hebt gebracht – ons vertellen hoe u de toekomst van Italië en die van zijn jeugd ziet?
Gabriele Adinolfi: Heel negatief. Italië is een vergrijzend land met het laagste geboortecijfer van de wereld; het heeft bijna geen industrie meer, een kleine landbouwsector en een zeer beperkte soevereiniteit. De enige elementen die Italië tegenwoordig van de ondergang redden, zijn de nationale energiemaatschappijen (in het bijzonder ENI), de wapenindustrie, de kleine ondernemingen en wat overblijft van het spaargeld van de families.
In de huidige globaliseringscontext geeft dat ons amper enkele jaren om te overleven als de feiten niet radicaal veranderen.

R: Welke rol kan het fascisme in de toekomst van Italië spelen?
GA: Het is een paradox. Het fascisme biedt nog steeds alle antwoorden op de huidige problemen. Men kan zeggen dat het het enige denk- en organisatiesysteem is dat de oplossingen voor de grote uitdagingen van onze tijd bezit. Maar het slaagt er nog steeds niet in om zich in de huidige omstandigheden te plaatsen. De Italianen die het echte fascisme in het dagelijkse leven gekend hebben, blijven het werk van Mussolini waarderen en er zelfs van houden: zij hebben van al zijn sociale, economische, ethische en culturele weldaden genoten. Dat is heel anders voor degenen die van het fascisme slechts de "zwarte legende" hebben gekend en die het, zoals de Fransen, nooit hebben meegemaakt (Vichy kwam voort uit even onverwachte als ongunstige omstandigheden en belichaamde in elk geval geen fascistisch project).
Die nostalgie groeit met de dag door de eenvoudige vergelijking van het Italië van Mussolini met eerst het antifascistische en daarna het post-fascistische Italië. Niettemin ontbreken alle objectieve voorwaarden voor de vestiging van een fascistisch geïnspireerde natiestaat, waardoor het fascisme zich in de huidige toestand niet zal kunnen aanbieden. Toch is het mogelijk om aan het fascisme een hele reeks oplossingen te ontlenen voor de problemen die ons overspoelen. Laten we zeggen dat, als een bepaald aantal voorwaarden is vervuld, we kunnen hopen op een gemengde formule in de Italiaanse toekomst: een soort peronisme op zijn Italiaans.

R: Waaruit bestaat uw activiteit vandaag?
GA: Ik analyseer, becommentarieer, stel voor, schrijf. Ik leid een internetkrant, geef lezingen, houd debatten met mensen van alle gezindten, neem met Soccorso Sociale (Sociale Hulp) deel aan concrete acties voor de rechten van de zwaksten. Ik coördineer een studiecentrum, Polaris, dat een driemaandelijks tijdschrift uitgeeft, dat al een reeks overzichtswerken heeft voortgebracht en dat openbare bijeenkomsten inricht met vertegenwoordigers van de cultuur en de lokale of internationale instellingen. Ik weiger ook nooit om in een meer militant kader deel te nemen aan de ethische vorming en de intellectuele vorming. Ik volg met bijzonder veel aandacht en betrokkenheid het Casa Pound. Ik verzorg ook internationale betrekkingen, steeds in de geest van de heropleving en de "culturele revolutie" alsook met zeer veel aandacht voor het ontkrachten van gemeenplaatsen uit het antifascistische discours, dat met zijn nefaste effect de geschiedschrijving en de ideologie van het post-fascistische tijdperk beïnvloedt.

R: Hoe beoordeelt u de rol van het Vaticaan en, in bredere zin, die van de Kerk in het Italiaanse leven?
GA: Al 17 eeuwen lang, afgezien van een korte onderbreking in Avignon, moet Italië samenleven met de Kerk, wat eerst de burgeroorlogen tussen Welfen en Ghibellijnen heeft voortgebracht, daarna lange tijd de eenwording van Italië heeft verhinderd en na 1945 heeft bijgedragen aan de internationalisering van de Italiaanse politiek. Vandaag heeft de katholieke godsdienst veel minder invloed op het dagelijkse leven, maar hij behoudt een zekere algemene macht zoals blijkt uit de absolute meerderheid die in het parlement de euthanasiewet heeft weggestemd. De conciliaire Kerk is vorig jaar ook een kruistocht begonnen tegen het restrictieve immigratiebeleid van de regering-Berlusconi.
Het Vaticaan steunt de immigratie om ideologische, maar ook om economische redenen. "Migrantes", een kerkelijke organisatie van "Caritas", stelt officieel dat de "vermenging van culturen een bron van rijkdom is" en besteedt de helft van het Italiaanse(!) belastinggeld dat voor het Vaticaan bestemd is aan immigratie. De krachtmeting tussen het Vaticaan en de Italiaanse regering, die in 2010 naar schatting 400.000 immigranten zou hebben tegengehouden, is uitgedraaid op een compromis waarbij Italië wordt verplicht om – begin 2011 – bijna 100 000 nieuwe immigranten binnen te laten. Het Vaticaan lijkt te hebben gewonnen, wat de ontscheping van vreemdelingen alleen nog zal vergemakkelijken.

adi1.jpgR: Heb je sterk het gevoel dat de Italiaanse fascistische dynamiek een marginaal verschijnsel in Europa is?
GA: Eerder dat het een zeer typisch en zeer Italiaans verschijnsel is. Wat de sociologische achtergronden van de beweging betreft en de ideologische impulsen die haar kenmerken, denk ik dat het West-Europa – en niet Europa – is dat zo sterk afwijkt van de Italiaanse dynamiek. De redenen zijn veelvuldig, maar de gebreken van de westerse nationalisten zijn niet onbelangrijk. Het moet worden gezegd dat de westerse nationalisten – politiek gemarginaliseerd als gevolg van ongelijke krachtverhoudingen – ook dikwijls de belichaming van de marginalisering zijn geweest door al de complexen van marginalen en mislukkelingen aan te nemen. Ze hebben hun politieke onmacht weggemoffeld achter het rookgordijn van de holle taal en de meest stompzinnige clichés. Dat alles verwijdert hen van de werkelijkheid en maakt van hen dikwijls de levende bevestiging van de antifascistische karikatuur van het “zwarte schaap”. Een zwart schaap [bête noire] dat voor de rest dikwijls méér dom [bête] dan zwart [noire] is... [woordspeling]

R: Wat is volgens u de belangrijkste bedreiging voor de Europese wereld?
GA: De Europese wereld zélf. De ouderdom van Europa, zijn geestelijke, psychologische en biologische doodsstrijd, zijn afnemende geboortecijfer gekoppeld aan de schuldcomplexen en aan de verafgoding van het burgerlijke concept van "verworven rechten", de afwezigheid van machtswil en veroveringszin – dat zijn de elementen die ons veroordelen. Vervolgens zijn er de verloochening van onze economische productie en onze gewapende landsverdediging, de afwijzing van de oorlogsgeest die ons veroordelen. Die effecten zijn ons gedeeltelijk opgedrongen door de overwinnaars van Europa, d.w.z. de multinationale reus die zijn gezag heeft gevestigd op een bondgenootschap tussen de financiële wereld en de georganiseerde misdaad (en die vandaag nog steeds New York als hoofdstad heeft en Washington als bijhuis). De rest – al de rest – zijn slechts de gevolgen daarvan. De massa-immigratie en het multiculturalisme komen ervandaan en worden er dikwijls door gevoed.
Wat men er ook van denke, we hoeven geen enkele oplossing te verwachten als we niet onze levensenergie terugvinden en afstand nemen van de overwinnaar van Europa. Degenen die denken dat onze problemen in de omgekeerde zin kunnen worden opgelost, d.w.z. van beneden naar boven, dwalen. Het idee om de immigratie tegen te gaan via een enge "religieuze oorlog" (die wordt gesteund door CNN, maar die noch het Vaticaan noch de meeste moslims bereid zijn te voeren) is een ware manipulatie.
Proberen om een "verdediging van het Westen" op de been te brengen, een Westen dat wel héél ruim wordt opgevat – gaande van Londen tot New York en van Washington tot Tel Aviv – is gewoonweg belachelijk.
Het volstaat te bekijken wie de islamitische drugsmaffiastaten in Europa (Bosnië en Kosovo) steunen: de VS en Israël; Al Qaeda hebben uitgevonden: de VS; en Hamas hebben gesteund om de Palestijnse eenheid te ondermijnen: Israël. Dan begrijpt men dat zij die hopen op een Amerikaanse (= WASP) en "joods-christelijke" (volgens een neologisme dat in zwang is) “herovering” op een verkeerd spoor zitten. Of beter nog: het helemaal verkeerd voorhebben. Overigens zitten ze op een dood spoor.

R: De marxisten hebben het fascisme dikwijls verweten zich niet tegen het kapitalisme te verzetten. Wat denkt u van een dergelijke bewering?
GA: Het is pure onwetendheid en/of propaganda. Het volstaat erop te wijzen dat het kapitalisme het fascisme de oorlog heeft verklaard en er een wereldoorlog tegen heeft gevoerd, terwijl het altijd wel gemene zaak heeft gemaakt met elke marxistisch geïnspireerde regering. Dat is de moeite van een debat niet waard.

R: Het experiment van Mussolini heeft geleid tot de totale verstaatsing van Italië (naar Jacobijns model). Wat denkt u daarvan? Welke rol zou u geven aan de staat?

GA: We moeten altijd de werkelijkheid van de propaganda onderscheiden. De Italiaanse staat was autoritair en overweldigend vóór Mussolini. De Duce heeft hem een totalitaire impuls gegeven, maar tegelijkertijd het initiatief en de vrijheid van de individuen, de families en het maatschappelijke middenveld bevordert. Ik zie geen andere formules om enerzijds een lotsgemeenschap aaneen te smeden en te versterken; en anderzijds alle vrijheid om te leven te waarborgen. Wat vandaag gebeurt, is het omgekeerde. De instellingen vernietigen de families en het maatschappelijke middenveld, leggen alles op: op cultureel, ideologisch, financieel, economisch, moreel en zelfs gastronomisch vlak. We leven in een beschaving die alles verbiedt, met rokersgetto's en een schuldgevoel voor vleeseters, alcoholdrinkers en rokkenjagers. Het is het Grote Chicago van de gangsters. Ik kan geen enkele rol aan de staat toekennen om de redenen die ik in het begin heb aangehaald: hij heeft geen enkel concreet gezag meer, noch op wetgevend, noch op economisch, noch – en het minst van al – op militair vlak.
Er is vóór alles een ethische, spirituele en biologische wedergeboorte nodig én voor een lange periode; terwijl we de nieuwe elites trachten te vormen, zal het nodig zijn om te strijden voor de vormen van autonomie die de verdere uitverkoop van de staat zullen kunnen verzachten. Zonder ooit te vergeten dat het uiteindelijke doel de wederopbouw van de staat is.

R: Hoe ziet u het Franse politieke en intellectuele leven van vandaag?
GA: Frankrijk is altijd een "poolster" op intellectueel vlak geweest. Toch heb ik de indruk dat het vandaag in een impasse zit. Het moet ook worden gezegd dat Frankrijk in tegenstelling tot Italië, dat al 66 jaar een kolonie is, decennialang een rol in de wereld heeft gespeeld. De snelle geopolitieke opgave van Frankrijk in Afrika; de geleidelijke, maar versnelde opgave van zijn beschaving, zelfs in eigen land – hoewel gecompenseerd met beursbelangen en aandelen in de meest duistere handels van Latijns-Amerika, iets waarvan Frankrijk voordien nooit had geprofiteerd – dat alles heeft de Fransen ineens van elk optimisme beroofd in het eerste decennium van deze eeuw. Al was het maar op economisch vlak.
Uit de cijfers blijkt dat, hoewel ze hogere lonen hebben, de Fransen veel meer hebben betaald dan wij, Italianen, voor de wereldwijde en door de financiële wereld ontketende economische crisis.
Anderzijds gaat de Franse cultuur erop achteruit, zelfs op de scholen in Frankrijk, waar de taal is verworden tot een vervangingsmiddel voor elke idioot en een zeldzaam en kostbaar goed is bij de min-45-jarigen. Buiten enkele Frans-kosmopolitische miljonairs heeft niemand redenen om enthousiast te zijn over de toestand waarin Frankrijk nu verkeert. En bij gebrek aan een cultuur en een filosofie – vakkundig ontmanteld door professoren met linkse psychopathieën – is het zelfs moeilijk om in de wereld van de kunst een uitweg voor de wanhoop te vinden. Noch vrolijk noch tragisch voelen de Fransen zich opgesloten in hun ellende. Een beetje zoals de Amerikanen die ze de laatste kwarteeuw zijn beginnen na te bootsen. En zoals de Amerikaanse burgers ondergaan, niet delen in de veroveringen van de oligarchieën die hen regeren, zo doen de Franse hetzelfde ten opzichte van hun heersers, die in de abstracties van een andere werkelijkheid leven. Om onszelf een toekomst te geven moeten we voorkomen dat dit proces van "zelfverlies" zich over heel Europa verspreidt. Daarom moeten we weten én willen. Want het is tegen de wil en de kennis dat de helse machine die de beschaving aan het vermorzelen is al haar middelen inzet. De uitdaging is groot, maar de wil kan des te groter zijn. En als de wil zich voedt met kennis is niets definitief gedaan. Niets.

Vraaggesprek afgenomen door Yann KERMADEC voor "Rivarol”.

Lees ook: Casapound, "de fascisten van het derde millennium" (Rivarol)

mardi, 08 mars 2011

Alain Soral: Mieux comprendre l'empire afin de mieux le combattre...

Mieux comprendre l’empire afin de mieux le combattre…

soral3.jpgS’il y a un livre tombant à point nommé, à en juger de l’actualité, c’est bien celui-ci : le dernier essai de notre chroniqueur. En exclusivité, il nous en dit plus (paru dans Flash Magazine N°59).

Vous nous aviez habitués à parler légèrement de choses graves et là, on sent une rupture de ton dans ce dernier ouvrage… C’est la cinquantaine qui vous change ou sont-ce les temps qui changent ?
Disons que nous ne sommes plus dans les années 1990/2000 où quelque chose se mettait en place avec l’UE, l’Euro, mais où la tentative de putsch mondialiste n’était pas aussi imminente et visible. À cette époque, on pouvait encore tergiverser, mais là, entre la crise financière américaine, les déficits publics européens, les tensions ethniques et sociales qui se généralisent, et pas seulement dans le monde musulman, plus ici l’écroulement de la classe moyenne et la candidature de Strauss-Kahn qui s’avance… Vous conviendrez que les temps ne sont plus à la rigolade, à moins d’être Martien !

Vous êtes de formation marxiste et pourtant vous continuez de défendre la monarchie capétienne. Le paradoxe est plaisant, mais on sent du fond derrière ce raisonnement. Dites-nous en un peu plus…
Pour apaiser nos lecteurs de droite, je vais commencer par une citation de Marx, afin de bien leur faire sentir quelle était la position de ce grand penseur sur l’Ancien régime et le monde bourgeois qui lui a succédé : “Partout où la bourgeoisie est parvenue à dominer, elle a détruit toutes les conditions féodales, patriarcales, idylliques. Impitoyable, elle a déchiré les liens multicolores de la féodalité qui attachaient l’homme à son supérieur naturel, pour ne laisser subsister d’autre lien entre l’homme et l’homme que l’intérêt tout nu, l’inexorable “paiement comptant”. Frissons sacrés et pieuses ferveurs, enthousiasme chevaleresque, mélancolie béotienne, elle a noyé tout cela dans l’eau glaciale du calcul égoïste.”

Ceci pour rappeler que le sujet de Marx c’est la critique de la bourgeoisie, pas de l’Ancien régime ! En revanche, l’outil sociologique marxiste est très utile pour comprendre le renversement de la monarchie française par le nouvel ordre bourgeois. Et ces deux siècles de régime démocratique nous permettent aussi de juger largement des promesses et des mensonges de notre fameuse République égalitaire et laïque, en réalité démocratie de marché et d’opinion sous contrôle de l’argent et des réseaux maçonniques… Je peux donc, à la façon de Maurras, conclure de cette analyse objective que la monarchie catholique, comme système politique, était meilleure garante de l’indépendance nationale et de la défense des intérêts du peuple, que la finance apatride qui se trouve aujourd’hui au sommet de la pyramide démocratique qui n’a, en réalité, de démocratique que le nom !

De même, vous avez rejoint le PCF au début de sa dégringolade et refusez de vous acharner sur la défunte URSS, y voyant une sorte de tentative maladroite de lutter contre un empire encore plus puissant. On se trompe ?
Je suis persuadé, par intuition, mais aussi par l’analyse philosophique et historique, que le communisme n’a pu séduire une grande partie des masses travailleuses et des élites intellectuelles en Occident, que parce qu’il renouait avec la promesse chrétienne du don et du nous, détruite par le libéralisme bourgeois et son apologie de l’égoïsme individuel. Tout le reste n’est qu’une histoire de manipulation et de récupération, comme il en va toujours des religions par les Églises. Comme Tolstoï à son époque, je ne vois donc pas le communisme comme une aggravation du matérialisme bourgeois, mais comme une réaction au matérialisme bourgeois. Une tentative de respiritualiser le monde, malgré la mort de Dieu, et il y a pour moi, à l’évidence, bien plus de spiritualité et de christianisme dans l’espoir communiste tel que l’avaient compris le peuple et les poètes, que dans la bigoterie catholique de la IIIe République !

Par ailleurs, le monde bipolaire USA/URSS était la chance de la France, qui pouvait faire valoir, dans ce rapport de force, sa petite troisième voie. Ce qu’avait parfaitement compris de Gaulle dès 1940. Se réjouir, pour raison doctrinale, de la chute de l’URSS, alors que la nouvelle hégémonie américaine qui en a résulté nous a fait tout perdre, n’est donc pas une attitude de patriote français intelligent.

Bref, comme je l’explique aussi dans mon livre : l’ennemi de la France catholique est, et reste, la perfide Albion et ses rejetons, le monde judéo-protestant anglo-saxon libéral ; pas la rêveuse Russie d’hier, pas l’Orient complexe et compliqué d’aujourd’hui…

soral1.jpgContinuons à parler de vous. De tous les intellectuels “alternatifs” ou “déviants”, vous êtes l’un des meilleurs dans la maîtrise des codes de la “modernité”. Mais aussi l’un des plus en pointe dans la défense de la tradition, gréco-romaine et chrétienne. Un autre paradoxe ?
Merci du compliment. Mais je crois que ma réponse précédente éclaire en partie cette juste remarque. La France, qui a été la grande Nation, a produit les plus grands penseurs occidentaux du XVIIe et XVIIIe siècle – les Allemands ayant pris le relai au XIXe après que l’Angleterre nous eut détruits avec Napoléon, comme elle détruira ensuite l’Allemagne avec Hitler… – la France donc, pour des raisons sociologiques et épistémologiques, reste encore aujourd’hui, malgré sa faiblesse politique, la citadelle morale capable de résister, en Occident, au rouleau compresseur judéo-protestant anglo-saxon. À ce rouleau compresseur qui avance en détruisant les deux piliers de notre civilisation qui sont le logos grec et la charité chrétienne. Cette pensée et cette vision du monde helléno-chrétienne – celle de Pascal – qui est française par excellence et européenne, au sens euro-méditerranéen du terme. Une compréhension spirituelle de l’Europe qui passe malheureusement très au-dessus de la tête des Identitaires et de leurs fatales alliances judéo-maçonniques (Riposte laïque + LDJ) d’adolescents niçois…Toute la modernité, comme sa critique intelligente, c’est-à-dire la compréhension et la critique du processus libéral-libertaire provient de cette épistémè helléno-chrétienne, si française. Il est donc logique que quelqu’un qui prétende maîtriser la modernité défende cet outil et cet héritage national incomparable…

Cela vous amène tout naturellement à prendre la défense d’un islam dont on sent bien que les élites dominantes souhaitent la diabolisation, après avoir eu la peau du catholicisme. Une fois de plus, vous ramez à contre-courant…
Pour enfoncer le même clou, je rappellerai qu’un Français, donc un catholique, se situe à égale distance d’un anglo-saxon judéo-protestant et d’un arabo-musulman. Et c’est de cet équilibre, comme l’avait déjà compris François 1er, qu’il tire son indépendance et sa puissance. Une réalité spirituelle et géopolitique encore confortée par notre héritage colonial, l’espace francophone qui en a résulté… En plus, la situation aujourd’hui est d’un tel déséquilibre en faveur de la puissance anglo-saxonne, et cette hyper-puissance nous coûte si cher en termes de soumission et de dépendance, qu’il faut être un pur agent de l’Empire – comme Sarkozy et nos élites stipendiées pour se tromper à ce point d’ennemi principal !

Quant à la question de l’immigration, qui est la vraie question et pas l’islam, il est évident que pour la régler il faudra d’abord que la France reprenne le pouvoir sur elle-même. Or, ce pouvoir en France qui l’a ? Pas les musulmans…

Revenons-en à votre livre. Si on le résume à une charge contre le Veau d’or et ceux qui le servent, la définition vous convient-elle ?
Oui. “Comprendre l’Empire” c’est comprendre l’Empire de l’Argent. Et la lutte finale n’est pas contre la gauche ou la droite, les Allemands ou les Arabes, mais contre la dictature de Mammon. C’est en cela que le combat actuel rejoint la tradition…

soral2.jpgUn dernier petit mot d’optimisme pour nos lecteurs, histoire de les inviter à ne pas désespérer ?
D’abord pour citer Maurras après Marx : “Tout désespoir en politique est une sottise absolue”. N’oubliez pas que, contrairement au football, l’Histoire est un match sans fin. On peut donc être mené 20-0, rien n’est jamais perdu. De plus, notre empire mondialiste en voie d’achèvement ressemble de plus en plus à l’URSS. Un machin techno-bureaucratique piloté par une oligarchie délirante, stupide et corrompue, ne régnant plus sur le peuple, contre ses intérêts, que par le mensonge et la coercition. Le Traité de Lisbonne et la réforme des retraites en témoignent. Il n’est donc pas exclu que, comme pour l’URSS, l’Empire mondialiste s’écroule sous le poids de ses mensonges et de ses contradictions, au moment même où il pensait arriver aux pleins pouvoirs officiels par le Gouvernement mondial, après deux siècles de menées souterraines…

De ce point de vue, les soulèvements populaires au Maghreb, et qui pourraient bien culminer par la chute d’Israël et la défaite du lobby sioniste aux USA, sont un signe d’espoir bien plus probant que la montée des extrêmes droites sionistes et libérales européennes !

Propos recueillis par Béatrice PÉREIRE

 
Alain Soral

À propos de Alain Soral

Écrivain, essayiste et dynamiteur bien connu des plateaux de télévision, l’homme est incontrôlable,. À Flash, il a parfois du mal à se contrôler. Et c’est aussi et surtout pour cela qu’on l’aime. Devant le politiquement correct, il est comme un taureau devant un chiffon rouge. Tout plutôt qu’un veau !

jeudi, 03 mars 2011

Liberalism is the cause of inequality

One of the pitfalls of being human is the many perceptual traps that can ensnare us. Spotting an object in water is difficult because of refraction; our ability to estimate the lengths of lines is hampered by nearby objects. Colors surrounding an object affect how we perceive it.

For the past five hundred years, a perceptual trap has gained momentum. This trap starts simply: we see civilization around us, and that it provides for us, and we assume that it will always be that way, even if we make changes. So greedily we demand as much as possible for ourselves and ignore the consequences of those acts.

More than a political movement, this is a social movement based on the wishful thinking of people who are not engaged in maintaining the civilization itself. They view society as like a supermarket: you take what you want, pay your money, and worry about nothing else.

In the USA and Europe, a resistance movement has awakened to resist this perceptual trap. We resist it both as an economic doctrine (socialism/liberalism) and as a philosophy of civilization (narcissism). We don’t want it in any form because it is the opposite of a healthy attitude toward life, and its results are correspondingly bad.

A huge share of the nation’s economic growth over the past 30 years has gone to the top one-hundredth of one percent, who now make an average of $27 million per household. The average income for the bottom 90 percent of us? $31,244. – MJ

The good liberals over at MotherJones.com, who provided us the above quotation and several informative charts, have stepped into a perceptual trap. They assume that individual equality exists, therefore that if inequality exists, something must be wrong.

They point out an interesting fact, however: the average income in the USA is dropping, while the incomes of the “super-rich” are rising, which is symptomatic of a third-world population. However, what they forget is that liberalism caused this vast inequality by undermining the middle class:

  • Spreading the wealth. The agenda of liberalism is equality, which becomes filtered through the socialist notion of redistributing the wealth from rich to poor; if we’re all equal, the rich have that wealth unfairly, they think. The problem is that in doing this they take money away from those who are more competent, and who will use it to make more money, and spread it to people who are by definition less able to make competent financial decisions.
  • Importing voters. A favorite liberal tactic since 1965 has been to import voters from third-world nations. The problem with this is that it skews the population demographic toward low-income low-skilled workers. This cheapens our cost of basic labor-oriented tasks, but in turn, forces the same amount of value to go to more people and ensures that any given task requires more people. The result is a dissipation of value, so that even if the number values remain the same, quality declines, as we’ve seen happen in American construction, poultry/meat and manufacturing since the 1990s.
  • Fast money. Bill Clinton effected an economic miracle by making money easy and quick to borrow. While this provided a great stimulus to business in the short-term, in the long-term it shifted profitability from production of value-adding goods to the shuffling of paper and reselling of financial instruments. This produced an economy that while “profitable” existed entirely on paper. This not only creates a new class of super-rich manipulators, but also devalues the currency as investors worry about its actual value.
  • Red tape. Affirmative action, H1-B visas, anti-discrimination legislation, Obamacare, environmental regulations, extensive safety rules and a Byzantine tax code afflict our businesses with miles of red tape. This in turn makes them less competitive, which they compensate for by cutting corners, which in turn reduces the value of their goods relative to those who have fewer obligations. Even more, this tempts them to outsource, where they don’t have to pay these costs.
  • Unions. Unions combine the worst of all of the above: they spread money to the wrong people, including organized crime; they create violent social polarization between classes; they support and encourage immigration; they generate miles of red tape; they spread the wealth from those who make more wealth to those who sit in offices and pore over books of rules. In addition, unions wreck our competitiveness by creating more internal communication over non-productive issues, having more rules and more people to buy in on any compromise. If unions were biological we’d call them cancers.
  • Allegiance. Removing the more organic questions of culture, heritage and ability, the liberal Utopia promotes people based on their allegiance to political concepts. Whether Viet Cong recruits reciting Mao, or Bono from U2 having the “right opinions,” we make a new elite for political motives. Surely Barack Obama, with his missing dissertation and questionable accomplishments, serves as a vanguard for this new political ueber-class.

All of the above are liberal darlings because the above support the liberal agenda of equality through wealth distribution and fragmentation of any majority group (who could possibly be more equal than the rest of us). In addition, the American left gets most of its funding from unions and associated concerns.

Unions, most of whose members are public employees, gave Democrats some $400 million in the 2008 election cycle. The American Federation of State, County and Municipal Employees, the biggest public employee union, gave Democrats $90 million in the 2010 cycle.

Follow the money, Washington reporters like to say. The money in this case comes from taxpayers, present and future, who are the source of every penny of dues paid to public employee unions, who in turn spend much of that money on politics, almost all of it for Democrats. In effect, public employee unions are a mechanism by which every taxpayer is forced to fund the Democratic Party. – Washington Examiner

If you want to know why your money is decreasing in value, and thus inequality is increasing, it is because of the liberal left’s attempts to make inequality disappear.

Before the left took over, the philosophy of Europe and the United States was that we would provide opportunity and reward those who were more competent. This natural philosophy, a lot like natural selection, enabled us to grow and challenge ourselves and produce an elite of smart, capable, dedicated people.

As the fight over the federal budget gathers pace, we will also see big confrontations between the reformers and the hostages to the status quo in Washington. Democrats are salivating over a possible backlash against Republican lawmakers if they force a government shutdown in early March by insisting on spending cuts. And complacent Republicans are dreading that very possibility in the face of the onslaught from the more energetic House Republican freshmen who recently passed that bold measure to reduce the federal budget by $61 billion.

The United States has been getting away with surreal levels of debt for far too long. If the dollar were not the world’s reserve currency, a major debt crisis would have exploded by now. The total outstanding federal debt has reached $14.1 trillion, almost the equivalent of what the economy produces in a year. Meanwhile, the annual deficit, a major source of that ever-mounting debt, stands at more than $1.6 trillion for 2011. It represents almost 11 percent of the nation’s gross domestic product — which compares pitifully even with Greece, whose deficit in 2010 amounted to 8 percent of that country’s economy.

As a result of these imbalances, and of the illusion that unemployment can be brought down with government spending, the Federal Reserve has been printing dollars like crazy — half of them to purchase Treasury bonds. The policy of easy money has contributed to skyrocketing commodity prices, whose ugly political, social and economic consequences we are only beginning to see around the world. – Real Clear Politics

As the left got more popular, it introduced the perceptual trap: why can’t we all just be equal, spread the wealth, be pacifists, and live in tolerance of each other. The problem is that wealth redistribution penalizes the competent and responsible, and replaces them with a few vicious controllers and vast clueless masses who do not care about social problems they cannot understand.

There’s a major difference between the US aristocracy and the meritocracy though. Aristocrats like Henry Chauncey, bred at Saint Grottlesex boarding schools and the Ivy League, were conscious of their privilege and social responsibility, and focused on developing the character and leadership skills necessary for public service. Many of today’s meritocrats, in contrast, don’t believe it’s a rigged game in their favour, and commit themselves to winning it at all costs, which means stepping on everyone else. As a result, too many lack self-reflection or self-criticism skills, meaning even those who are grossly overpaid give themselves outrageous bonuses.

But as long as the global elite is armed with and shielded by the belief that they are a genuine meritocracy they’d find it morally repulsive to make the necessary compromises. Whether American or Chinese, individuals who focus too much on ‘achievement,’ and who believe the illusion that they’ve achieved everything simply through their own honest hard work, often think very little of everyone else as a result.

That’s the ultimate irony of the otherwise admirable efforts of Conant and Chauncey to create a fairer world: in giving opportunities for the bright and able (regardless of whether they are rich or poor), they’ve created a selfish and utilitarian elite from which no Conant or Chauncey will be likely to appear from in the future. – The Diplomat

Liberal policies create inequality. By enforcing an equality of political means, instead of practical ones, they create a false elite. This false elite then takes from the middle class, and funnels that wealth into a cancerous government and a new “elite” fashioned out of those who benefit from gaming the system. These aren’t innovators and trailblazers; they’re people who have learned to manipulate society for their benefit.

In addition, much like the Soviet Union and the ill-fated Southern European socialist states, these entitlement states spread the wealth too thin and re-direct it from growth areas into dead-ends, resulting in not only bankruptcy but a delusional population who, when the money runs out, won’t stop their own benefits in order to get everyone through the trouble. A nation that is disunified like that isn’t a nation; it’s a supermarket.

Traditional peasant societies believe in only a limited amount of good. The more your neighbor earns, the less someone else gets. Profits are seen as a sort of theft; they must be either hidden or redistributed. Envy, rather than admiration of success, reigns.

In contrast, Western civilization began with a very different, ancient Greek idea of an autonomous citizen, not an indentured serf or subsistence peasant. The small, independent landowner — if he was left to his own talents, and if his success was protected by, and from, government — would create new sources of wealth for everyone. The resulting greater bounty for the poor soon trumped their old jealousy of the better-off. – National Review

The psychology of hating inequality produces greater inequality. Where natural inequality may seem unfair, it works to produce “more equal” people who rise above the rest and, through their competence, give to the rest of us a functional society with profitable industries. Artificial equality on the other hand forces us all to the same level of poverty, leaving a few cultural/political elites to rule us, as is the case in most third-world nations.

The choice is upon us: first-world inequality, or third-world equality? The battle in Wisconsin is symbolic more than it is a choice of Wisconsin as a place particularly in need of fixing; it’s a battle over the philosophy that will define us, and decide which of these two societies we pick.

mercredi, 02 mars 2011

Reflections on Carl Schmitt's "The Concept of the Political"

Reflections on Carl Schmitt’s The Concept of the Political

Greg Johnson

Ex: http://www.counter-currents.com/

“Why can’t we all get along?”–Rodney King

carl_schmitt-20300.jpgCarl Schmitt’s short book The Concept of the Political (1932) is one of the most important works of 20th century political philosophy.

The aim of The Concept of the Political is the defense of politics from utopian aspirations to abolish politics. Anti-political utopianism includes all forms of liberalism as well as international socialism, global capitalism, anarchism, and pacifism: in short, all social philosophies that aim at a universal order in which conflict is abolished.

In ordinary speech, of course, liberalism, international socialism, etc. are political movements, not anti-political ones. So it is clear that Schmitt is using “political” in a particular way. For Schmitt, the political is founded on the distinction between friend and enemy. Utopianism is anti-political insofar as it attempts to abolish that distinction, to root out all enmity and conflict in the world.

Schmitt’s defense of the political is not a defense of enmity and conflict as good things. Schmitt fully recognizes their destructiveness and the necessity of managing and mitigating them. But Schmitt believes that enmity is best controlled by adopting a realistic understanding of its nature. So Schmitt does not defend conflict, but realism about conflict. Indeed, Schmitt believes that the best way to contain conflict is first to abandon all unrealistic notions that one can do away with it entirely.

Furthermore, Schmitt believes that utopian attempts to completely abolish conflict actually increase its scope and intensity. There is no war more universal in scope and fanatical in prosecution than wars to end all war and establish perpetual peace.

Us and Them

What does the distinction between friend and enemy mean?

First, for Schmitt, the distinction between friend and enemy is collective. He is talking about “us versus them” not “one individual versus another.”

Schmitt introduces the Latin distinction between hostis (a collective or public enemy, the root of “hostile”) and inimicus (an individual and private adversary, the root of “inimical”). The political is founded on the distinction between friend (those on one’s side) and hostis (those on the other side). Private adversaries are not public enemies.

Second, the distinction between friend and enemy is polemical. The friend/enemy distinction is always connected with the abiding potential for violence. One does not need to actually fight one’s enemy, but the potential must always be there. The sole purpose of politics is not group conflict; the sole content of politics is not group conflict; but the abiding possibility of group conflict is what creates the political dimension of human social existence.

Third, the distinction between friend and enemy is existentially serious. Violent conflict is more serious than other forms of conflict, because when things get violent people die.

Fourth, the distinction between friend and enemy is not reducible to any other distinction. For instance, it is not reducible to the distinction between good and evil. The “good guys” are just as much enemies to the “bad guys” as the “bad guys” are enemies to the “good guys.” Enmity is relative, but morality—we hope—is not.

Fifth, although the friend/enemy distinction is not reducible to other distinctions and differences—religious, economic, philosophical, etc.—all differences can become political if they generate the friend/enemy opposition.

In sum, the ultimate root of the political is the capacity of human groups to take their differences so seriously that they will kill or die for them.

It is important to note that Schmitt’s concept of the political does not apply to ordinary domestic politics. The rivalries of politicians and parties, provided they stay within legal parameters, do not constitute enmity in Schmitt’s sense. Schmitt’s notion of politics applies primarily to foreign relations — the relations between sovereign states and peoples — rather than domestic relations within a society. The only time when domestic relations become political in Schmitt’s sense is during a revolution or a civil war.

 

Sovereignty

 

If the political arises from the abiding possibility of collective life or death conflict, the political rules over all other areas of social life because of its existential seriousness, the fact that it has recourse to the ultimate sanction.

For Schmitt, political sovereignty is the power to determine the enemy and declare war. The sovereign is the person who makes that decision.

If a sovereign declares an enemy, and individuals or groups within his society reject that declaration, the society is in a state of undeclared civil war or revolution. To refuse the sovereign’s choice of enemy is one step away from the sovereign act of choosing one’s own enemies. Thus Schmitt’s analysis supports the saying that, “War is when the government tells you who the bad guy is. Revolution is when you decide that for yourself.”

 

Philosophical Parallels

The root of the political as Schmitt understands it is what Plato and Aristotle call “thumos,” the middle part of the soul that is neither theoretical reason nor physical desire, but is rather the capacity for passionate attachment. Thumos is the root of the political because it is the source of attachments to (a) groups, and politics is collective, and (b) life-transcending and life-negating values, i.e., things that are worth killing and dying for, like the defense of personal or collective honor, one’s culture or way of life, religious and philosophical convictions, etc. Such values make possible mortal conflict between groups.

The abolition of the political, therefore, requires the abolition of the human capacity for passionate, existentially serious, life and death attachments. The apolitical man is, therefore, the apathetic man, the man who lacks commitment and intensity. He is what Nietzsche called “the last man,” the man for whom there is nothing higher than himself, nothing that might require that he risk the continuation of his physical existence. The apolitical utopia is a spiritual “boneless chicken ranch” of doped up, dumbed down, self-absorbed producer-consumers.

Schmitt’s notion of the political is consistent with Hegel’s notion of history. For Hegel, history is a record of individual and collective struggles to the death over images or interpretations of who we are. These interpretations consist of the whole realm of culture: worldviews and the ways of life that are their concrete manifestations.

There are, of course, many interpretations of who we are. But there is only one truth, and according to Hegel the truth is that man is free. Just as philosophical dialectic works through a plurality of conflicting viewpoints to get to the one truth, so the dialectic of history is a war of conflicting worldviews and ways of life that will come to an end when the correct worldview and way of life are established. The concept of human freedom must become concretely realized in a way of life that recognizes freedom. Then history as Hegel understands it—and politics as Schmitt understands it—will come to an end.

Hegel’s notion of the ideal post-historical state is pretty much everything a 20th (or 21st) century fascist could desire. But later interpreters of Hegel like Alexandre Kojève and his follower Francis Fukuyama, interpret the end of history as a “universal homogeneous state” that sounds a lot like the globalist utopianism that Schmitt wished to combat.

Why the Political Cannot be Abolished

If the political is rooted in human nature, then it cannot be abolished. Even if the entire planet could be turned into a boneless chicken ranch, all it would take is two serious men to start politics—and history—all over again.

But the utopians will never even get that far. Politics cannot be abolished by universal declarations of peace, love, and tolerance, for such attempts to transcend politics actually just reinstitute it on another plane. After all, utopian peace- and love-mongers have enemies too, namely “haters” like us.

Thus the abolition of politics is really only the abolition of honesty about politics. But dishonesty is the least of the utopians’ vices. For in the name of peace and love, they persecute us with a fanaticism and wanton destructiveness that make good, old-fashioned war seem wholesome by comparison.

Two peoples occupying adjacent valleys might, for strategic reasons, covet the high ground between them. This may lead to conflict. But such conflicts have finite, definable aims. Thus they tend to be limited in scope and duration. And since it is a mere conflict of interest—in which both sides, really, are right—rather than a moral or religious crusade between good and evil, light and darkness, ultimately both sides can strike a deal with each other to cease hostilities.

But when war is wedded to a universalist utopianism—global communism or democracy, the end of “terror” or, more risibly, “evil”—it becomes universal in scope and endless in duration. It is universal, because it proposes to represent all of humanity. It is endless, of course, because it is a war with human nature itself.

Furthermore, when war is declared in the name of “humanity,” its prosecution becomes maximally inhuman, since anything is fair against the enemies of humanity, who deserve nothing short of unconditional surrender or annihilation, since one cannot strike a bargain with evil incarnate. The road to Dresden, Hiroshima, and Nagasaki was paved with love: universalistic, utopian, humanistic, liberal love.

Liberalism

 

Liberalism seeks to reduce the friend/enemy distinction to differences of opinion or economic interests. The liberal utopia is one in which all disputes can be resolved bloodlessly by reasoning or bargaining. But the opposition between liberalism and anti-liberalism cannot be resolved by liberal means. It is perforce political. Liberal anti-politics cannot triumph, therefore, without the political elimination of anti-liberalism.

The abolition of the political requires the abolition of all differences, so there is nothing to fight over, or the abolition of all seriousness, so that differences make no difference. The abolition of difference is accomplished by violence and cultural assimilation. The abolition of seriousness is accomplished by the promotion of spiritual apathy through consumerism and indoctrination in relativism, individualism, tolerance, and diversity worship—the multicult.

Violence, of course, is generally associated with frankly totalitarian forms of anti-political utopianism like Communism, but the Second World War shows that liberal universalists are as capable of violence as Communists, they are just less capable of honesty.

Liberalism, however, generally prefers to kill us softly. The old-fashioned version of liberalism prefers the soft dissolution of differences through cultural assimilation, but that preference was reversed when an unassimilable minority rose to power in the United States, at which time multiculturalism and diversity became the watchwords, and the potential conflicts between different groups were to be managed through spiritual corruption. Today’s liberals make a fetish of the preservation of pluralism and diversity, as long as none of it is taken seriously.

 

Multicultural utopianism is doomed, because multiculturalism is very successful at increasing diversity, but, in the long run, it cannot manage the conflicts that come with it.

The drug of consumerism cannot be relied upon because economic crises cannot be eliminated. Furthermore, there are absolute ecological limits to the globalization of consumerism.

As for the drugs of relativism, individualism, tolerance, and the multi-cult: only whites are susceptible to their effects, and since these ideas systematically disadvantage whites in ethnic competition, ultimately those whites who accept them will be destroyed (which is the point, really) and those whites who survive will reject them. Then whites will start taking our own side, ethnic competition will get political, and, one way or another, racially and ethnically homogeneous states will emerge.

Lessons for White Nationalists

To become a White Nationalist is to choose one’s friends and one’s enemies for oneself. To choose new friends means to choose a new nation. Our nation is our race. Our enemies are the enemies of our race, of whatever race they may be. By choosing our friends and enemies for ourselves, White Nationalists have constituted ourselves as a sovereign people—a sovereign people that does not have a sovereign homeland, yet—and rejected the sovereignty of those who rule us. This puts us in an implicitly revolutionary position vis-à-vis all existing regimes.

The conservatives among us do not see it yet. They still wish to cling to America’s corpse and suckle from her poisoned tit. But the enemy understands us better than some of us understand ourselves. We may not wish to choose an enemy, but sometimes the enemy chooses us. Thus “mainstreamers” will be denied entry and forced to choose either to abandon White Nationalism or to explicitly embrace its revolutionary destiny.

It may be too late for mainstream politics, but it is still too early for White Nationalist politics. We simply do not have the power to win a political struggle. We lack manpower, money, and leadership. But the present system, like all things old and dissolute, will pass. And our community, like all things young and healthy, will grow in size and strength. Thus today our task is metapolitical: to raise consciousness and cultivate the community from which our kingdom—or republic—will come.

When that day comes, Carl Schmitt will be numbered among our spiritual Founding Fathers.

La revanche de Dieu et du roi

La revanche de Dieu et du roi

par Jean-Gilles MALLIARAKIS

Ex: http://www.insolent.fr/

110226On doit se féliciter des trois césars récompensant ce 25 février le travail de Xavier Beauvois et de son équipe (1). Deux importantes émotions cinématographiques ont, en effet, sollicité les Français ces derniers mois : "Des Hommes et des Dieux", qui retrace la marche au martyre des moines trappistes de Tibhérrine et, dans un registre bien différent, "Le Discours d'un roi". Ce dernier film évoque le destin du duc d'York, qui deviendra George VI d'Angleterre.

On peut regarder ces œuvres de plusieurs manières, bien évidemment. On leur trouvera telles qualités, tels défauts.

Si l'on se passionne par exemple pour le personnage du frère aîné, l'énigmatique et éphémère Édouard VIII, lequel ne régnera que de janvier à décembre 1936, pour sa liaison avec Wallis Simpson, jugée scandaleuse à l'époque, on trouvera peut-être un peu caricaturale la présentation du personnage. Ce prince, dans la réalité historique, s'est montré d'abord un fort courageux soldat de la première guerre mondiale. Proche du peuple, attaché à la paix, il refusera toujours, après son abdication, de servir en quoi que ce soit, les desseins des ennemis de son pays. Celle qui devint la duchesse de Windsor lui demeura fidèle, jusqu'au bout, dans l'exil.

S'il s'agit, pour le premier film, de disserter une fois de plus sur le rapport à l'islam, à l'islamisme, à l'islamo-terrorisme, pas sûr du tout qu'il faille s'aligner, du point de vue étroitement politique, sur la logique du rôle occupé, et remarquablement incarné, par Lambert Wilson.

La question qui nous préoccupe aujourd'hui tient à tout autre chose. Le succès, légitime, des deux films que je viens de citer doit certes beaucoup au talent des réalisateurs et des acteurs. Mais il correspond aussi aux questions profondes qui touchent le public. Il suggère une réhabilitation diffuse, implicite et non dite, de tout ce que le Grand Orient de France s'attache à détruire depuis le XVIIIe siècle.

Ne nous dissimulons pas en effet que, sous le nom [en partie usurpé] (2) de "francs-maçons" une secte, ouvertement athée depuis 1877, travaille à déchristianiser la France comme elle s'est employée à détruire la royauté, symbole de l'unité véritable et fédérateur de l'identité française (3).

Ce pauvre pays répond assez exactement à l'image poétique d'Ezra Pound : "Ce corps décapité qui cherche la Lumière". Certes, en deux siècles, les opérations de substitution, les ersatz de monarchie, bonapartisme et gaullisme, les faux semblants de sacré, les prétendus suppléments d'âme se sont succédés. Sans succès. La dernière incarnation du présidentialisme émané du suffrage universel pourvoit suffisamment elle-même à sa propre caricature. Inutile d'épiloguer. Victor Hugo appelait cela "les Châtiments"

L'affreuse marche des laïcards et de leur république est explicitée dans le livre d'Alfred Vigneau par un dialogue qui remonte à 1933 entre l'auteur et le grand maître de la Grande Loge de France :

« — Mon Frère Vigneau, déclarera le Grand-Maître, vous ne connaissez pas les grands secrets de la Franc-Maçonnerie : n’oubliez pas que, c’est un 33e, membre du Suprême Conseil qui vous parle ; a-t-il besoin de vous apprendre que les buts secrets de la Franc-Maçonnerie sont la déchristianisation de la France. »
Le Grand-Maître rappela que la Franc-Maçonnerie avait trois buts principaux :
«1° Venger la mort des Templiers ; mission de laquelle sont chargés les Chevaliers Kadosch, 30e grade, qui doivent exercer cette vengeance sur l’Église Catholique.
2° Abattre les frontières pour établir la République universelle, mission de laquelle sont chargés les Sublimes Princes du Royal Secret, 32e.
3° Supprimer la Famille traditionnelle pour émanciper les enfants et l’épouse selon la bonne morale laïque, buts vers lesquels tendent les Souverains Grands inspecteurs Généraux, 33e. »

Vigneau quittera la maçonnerie et publia son livre (4) l'année suivante, en 1934, où l'affaire Stavisky montre non seulement l'utilisation des réseaux de l'Ordre par des escrocs de bas étage, mais aussi l'impunité largement assurée à ceux-ci, contrairement aux lois et contrairement à toutes les règles morales.

Pour Dieu et le Roi, nous disons donc aujourd'hui "revanche", mais contrairement aux jacobins des loges maçonniques, et d'ailleurs, nous ne crierons jamais "vengeance".

JG Malliarakis

Apostilles

  1. Nominée dans 11 catégories, l'évocation de la marche au martyre des moines de Tibéhirine, assassinés dans l'Algérie de 1996, a obtenu, d'un jury politiquement et culturellement très correct, 3 récompenses dont celle du Meilleur Film.
  2. Dans son livre "La Voie substituée" Jean Baylot, lui-même dirigeant de la maçonnerie "traditionnelle et régulière", retrace les étapes de cette prise de pouvoir au sein des principales obédiences françaises par les adeptes du jacobinisme, en contradiction absolue avec les "constitutions d'Anderson" adoptées au début du XVIIIe siècle par la grande loge unie d'Angleterre.
  3. Dans son petit livre sur "La Franc-maçonnerie dans la révolution française" Maurice Talmeyr souligne la part des loges dans la préparation et la symbolique du séisme.
  4. cf. "La Loge maçonnique", qui vient d'être réédité.

Vous pouvez entendre l'enregistrement de notre chronique
sur le site de Lumière 101